WO2019199093A1 - Intra prediction mode-based image processing method and device therefor - Google Patents
Intra prediction mode-based image processing method and device therefor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019199093A1 WO2019199093A1 PCT/KR2019/004390 KR2019004390W WO2019199093A1 WO 2019199093 A1 WO2019199093 A1 WO 2019199093A1 KR 2019004390 W KR2019004390 W KR 2019004390W WO 2019199093 A1 WO2019199093 A1 WO 2019199093A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- intra prediction
- prediction mode
- degrees
- sample
- current block
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/102—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or selection affected or controlled by the adaptive coding
- H04N19/103—Selection of coding mode or of prediction mode
- H04N19/105—Selection of the reference unit for prediction within a chosen coding or prediction mode, e.g. adaptive choice of position and number of pixels used for prediction
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/102—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or selection affected or controlled by the adaptive coding
- H04N19/103—Selection of coding mode or of prediction mode
- H04N19/11—Selection of coding mode or of prediction mode among a plurality of spatial predictive coding modes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/102—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or selection affected or controlled by the adaptive coding
- H04N19/132—Sampling, masking or truncation of coding units, e.g. adaptive resampling, frame skipping, frame interpolation or high-frequency transform coefficient masking
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/169—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding
- H04N19/17—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object
- H04N19/176—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the coding unit, i.e. the structural portion or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive coding the unit being an image region, e.g. an object the region being a block, e.g. a macroblock
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/50—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
- H04N19/593—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving spatial prediction techniques
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a still image or moving image processing method, and more particularly, to a method for encoding / decoding a still image or moving image based on an intra prediction mode and an apparatus supporting the same.
- Compression coding refers to a series of signal processing techniques for transmitting digitized information through a communication line or for storing in a form suitable for a storage medium.
- Media such as an image, an image, an audio, and the like may be a target of compression encoding.
- a technique of performing compression encoding on an image is called video image compression.
- Next-generation video content will be characterized by high spatial resolution, high frame rate and high dimensionality of scene representation. Processing such content would result in a tremendous increase in terms of memory storage, memory access rate, and processing power.
- An object of the present invention is to propose a method for performing intra prediction using bi-directional reference samples in order to reduce prediction error and improve compression performance.
- An aspect of the present invention is a method of decoding an image based on an intra prediction mode, wherein when bi-directional intra prediction is applied to a current block, based on available reference samples around the current block Configuring an intra prediction mode set used for the bidirectional intra prediction; Parsing a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block within the intra prediction mode set; Deriving a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode; And weighting the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block, wherein the set of intra prediction modes is within a specific angular range determined according to the available direction of the reference sample. It may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes in.
- said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than 90 degrees and less than or equal to 180 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include intra prediction modes.
- said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than or equal to 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include intra prediction modes.
- the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available.
- a weight applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample, respectively is based on a ratio of the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample in the current block. Can be determined.
- an intra prediction mode set configuration unit constituting an intra prediction mode set used for the bidirectional intra prediction based on the basis;
- a prediction mode index parser for parsing a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block in the intra prediction mode set;
- a reference sample derivation unit for deriving a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on a prediction direction of the intra prediction mode;
- a prediction sample generator for weighting the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block, wherein the intra prediction mode set is a specific angle determined according to an available direction of the reference sample. It may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes within a range.
- said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than 90 degrees and less than or equal to 180 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. And decode the intra prediction modes.
- said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than or equal to 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include intra prediction modes.
- the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available.
- a weight applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample, respectively is based on a ratio of the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample in the current block. Can be determined.
- the prediction error can be reduced and the coding efficiency can be improved.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of an encoding apparatus in which an encoding of a video / image signal is performed, according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of a decoding apparatus in which an embodiment of the present invention is applied and decoding of a video / image signal is performed.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention can be applied.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a signaling mechanism of partition partition information of a quadtree with nested multi-type tree structure according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a method of dividing a CTU into multiple CUs based on a quadtree and accompanying multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a method of limiting ternary-tree splitting as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating redundant division patterns that may occur in binary tree division and ternary tree division, as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- FIGS. 8 and 9 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image encoding method and an intra prediction unit in an encoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 10 and 11 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image decoding method and an intra prediction unit in a decoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 and 13 illustrate a prediction direction of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram for describing a prediction angle of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- 15 is a diagram illustrating a method of performing intra prediction using an available reference sample according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- 16 to 18 are diagrams illustrating the directionality of an intra prediction mode determined according to an available reference sample as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- 19 is a diagram illustrating a method of generating a predictive sample through bidirectional intra prediction as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- 20 is a flowchart illustrating a method of generating an intra prediction block according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- 21 is a diagram illustrating an intra prediction apparatus according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- FIG. 22 shows a video coding system to which the present invention is applied.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a content streaming system according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- the 'processing unit' refers to a unit in which a process of encoding / decoding such as prediction, transformation, and / or quantization is performed.
- the processing unit may be referred to as a 'processing block' or 'block'.
- the processing unit may be interpreted to include a unit for the luma component and a unit for the chroma component.
- the processing unit may correspond to a Coding Tree Unit (CTU), a Coding Unit (CU), a Prediction Unit (PU), or a Transform Unit (TU).
- CTU Coding Tree Unit
- CU Coding Unit
- PU Prediction Unit
- TU Transform Unit
- the processing unit may be interpreted as a unit for a luma component or a unit for a chroma component.
- the processing unit may be a coding tree block (CTB), a coding block (CB), a prediction block (PU), or a transform block (TB) for a luma component. May correspond to. Or, it may correspond to a coding tree block (CTB), a coding block (CB), a prediction block (PU), or a transform block (TB) for a chroma component.
- CTB coding tree block
- CB coding block
- PU prediction block
- TB transform block
- the present invention is not limited thereto, and the processing unit may be interpreted to include a unit for a luma component and a unit for a chroma component.
- processing unit is not necessarily limited to square blocks, but may also be configured in a polygonal form having three or more vertices.
- a pixel, a pixel, and the like are referred to collectively as samples.
- using a sample may mean using a pixel value or a pixel value.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of an encoding apparatus in which an encoding of a video / image signal is performed, according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- the encoding apparatus 100 may include an image splitter 110, a subtractor 115, a transformer 120, a quantizer 130, an inverse quantizer 140, an inverse transformer 150,
- the adder 155, the filter 160, the memory 170, the inter predictor 180, the intra predictor 185, and the entropy encoder 190 may be configured.
- the inter predictor 180 and the intra predictor 185 may be collectively referred to as a predictor.
- the predictor may include an inter predictor 180 and an intra predictor 185.
- the transform unit 120, the quantization unit 130, the inverse quantization unit 140, and the inverse transform unit 150 may be included in the residual processing unit.
- the residual processing unit may further include a subtracting unit 115.
- the image divider 110, the subtractor 115, the transformer 120, the quantizer 130, the inverse quantizer 140, the inverse transformer 150, and the adder 155 may be described.
- the filtering unit 160, the inter prediction unit 180, the intra prediction unit 185, and the entropy encoding unit 190 may be configured by one hardware component (eg, an encoder or a processor).
- the memory 170 may include a decoded picture buffer (DPB) or may be configured by a digital storage medium.
- DPB decoded picture buffer
- the image divider 110 may divide the input image (or picture or frame) input to the encoding apparatus 100 into one or more processing units.
- the processing unit may be called a coding unit (CU).
- the coding unit may be recursively divided according to a quad-tree binary-tree (QTBT) structure from a coding tree unit (CTU) or a largest coding unit (LCU).
- QTBT quad-tree binary-tree
- CTU coding tree unit
- LCU largest coding unit
- one coding unit may be divided into a plurality of coding units of a deeper depth based on a quad tree structure and / or a binary tree structure.
- the quad tree structure may be applied first and the binary tree structure may be applied later.
- the binary tree structure may be applied first.
- the coding procedure according to the present invention may be performed based on the final coding unit that is no longer split.
- the maximum coding unit may be used as the final coding unit immediately based on coding efficiency according to the image characteristic, or if necessary, the coding unit is recursively divided into coding units of lower depths and optimized.
- a coding unit of size may be used as the final coding unit.
- the coding procedure may include a procedure of prediction, transform, and reconstruction, which will be described later.
- the processing unit may further include a prediction unit (PU) or a transform unit (TU).
- the prediction unit and the transform unit may be partitioned or partitioned from the aforementioned final coding unit, respectively.
- the prediction unit may be a unit of sample prediction
- the transformation unit may be a unit for deriving a transform coefficient and / or a unit for deriving a residual signal from the transform coefficient.
- an M β N block may represent a set of samples or transform coefficients composed of M columns and N rows.
- a sample may generally represent a pixel or a value of a pixel, and may only represent pixel / pixel values of the luma component, or only pixel / pixel values of the chroma component.
- a sample may be used as a term corresponding to one picture (or image) for a pixel or a pel.
- the encoding apparatus 100 subtracts the prediction signal (predicted block, prediction sample array) output from the inter prediction unit 180 or the intra prediction unit 185 from the input image signal (original block, original sample array).
- a signal may be generated (residual signal, residual block, residual sample array), and the generated residual signal is transmitted to the converter 120.
- a unit that subtracts a prediction signal (prediction block, prediction sample array) from an input image signal (original block, original sample array) in the encoder 100 may be called a subtraction unit 115.
- the prediction unit may perform a prediction on a block to be processed (hereinafter, referred to as a current block) and generate a predicted block including prediction samples for the current block.
- the prediction unit may determine whether intra prediction or inter prediction is applied on a current block or CU basis. As described later in the description of each prediction mode, the prediction unit may generate various information related to prediction, such as prediction mode information, and transmit the generated information to the entropy encoding unit 190. The information about the prediction may be encoded in the entropy encoding unit 190 and output in the form of a bitstream.
- the intra predictor 185 may predict the current block by referring to the samples in the current picture.
- the referenced samples may be located in the neighborhood of the current block or may be located apart according to the prediction mode.
- prediction modes may include a plurality of non-directional modes and a plurality of directional modes.
- Non-directional mode may include, for example, DC mode and planner mode (Planar mode).
- the directional mode may include, for example, 33 directional prediction modes or 65 directional prediction modes according to the degree of detail of the prediction direction. However, as an example, more or less directional prediction modes may be used depending on the setting.
- the intra predictor 185 may determine the prediction mode applied to the current block by using the prediction mode applied to the neighboring block.
- the inter predictor 180 may derive the predicted block with respect to the current block based on the reference block (reference sample array) specified by the motion vector on the reference picture.
- the motion information may be predicted in units of blocks, subblocks, or samples based on the correlation of the motion information between the neighboring block and the current block.
- the motion information may include a motion vector and a reference picture index.
- the motion information may further include inter prediction direction (L0 prediction, L1 prediction, Bi prediction, etc.) information.
- the neighboring block may include a spatial neighboring block existing in the current picture and a temporal neighboring block present in the reference picture.
- the reference picture including the reference block and the reference picture including the temporal neighboring block may be the same or different.
- the temporal neighboring block may be referred to as a collocated reference block, a collocated CU (colCU), and the like, and a reference picture including the temporal neighboring block is called a collocated picture (colPic). It may be.
- the inter prediction unit 180 constructs a motion information candidate list based on neighboring blocks and provides information indicating which candidates are used to derive a motion vector and / or a reference picture index of the current block. Can be generated. Inter prediction may be performed based on various prediction modes.
- the inter prediction unit 180 may use motion information of a neighboring block as motion information of a current block.
- the residual signal may not be transmitted.
- the motion vector of the neighboring block is used as a motion vector predictor and the motion vector difference is signaled by signaling a motion vector difference. Can be directed.
- the prediction signal generated by the inter predictor 180 or the intra predictor 185 may be used to generate a reconstruction signal or to generate a residual signal.
- the transformer 120 may apply transform techniques to the residual signal to generate transform coefficients.
- the transformation technique may include at least one of a discrete cosine transform (DCT), a discrete sine transform (DST), a karhunen-loeve transform (KLT), a graph-based transform (GBT), or a conditionally non-linear transform (CNT).
- DCT discrete cosine transform
- DST discrete sine transform
- KLT karhunen-loeve transform
- GBT graph-based transform
- CNT conditionally non-linear transform
- GBT means a conversion obtained from this graph when the relationship information between pixels is represented by a graph.
- CNT refers to a transform that is generated based on and generates a prediction signal using all previously reconstructed pixels.
- the conversion process may be applied to pixel blocks having the same size as the square, or may be applied to blocks of variable size rather than square.
- the quantization unit 130 quantizes the transform coefficients and transmits them to the entropy encoding unit 190.
- the entropy encoding unit 190 encodes the quantized signal (information about the quantized transform coefficients) and outputs the bitstream. have.
- the information about the quantized transform coefficients may be referred to as residual information.
- the quantization unit 130 may rearrange block quantized transform coefficients into a one-dimensional vector form based on a coefficient scan order, and quantize the quantized transform coefficients based on the quantized transform coefficients in the one-dimensional vector form. Information about transform coefficients may be generated.
- the entropy encoding unit 190 may perform various encoding methods such as, for example, exponential Golomb, context-adaptive variable length coding (CAVLC), context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (CABAC), and the like.
- the entropy encoding unit 190 may encode information necessary for video / image reconstruction other than quantized transform coefficients (for example, values of syntax elements) together or separately.
- Encoded information eg, encoded video / image information
- NALs network abstraction layer
- the network may include a broadcasting network and / or a communication network
- the digital storage medium may include various storage media such as USB, SD, CD, DVD, Blu-ray, HDD, SSD, and the like.
- the signal output from the entropy encoding unit 190 may include a transmitting unit (not shown) for transmitting and / or a storing unit (not shown) for storing as an internal / external element of the encoding apparatus 100, or the transmitting unit It may be a component of the entropy encoding unit 190.
- the quantized transform coefficients output from the quantization unit 130 may be used to generate a prediction signal.
- the quantized transform coefficients may be reconstructed in the residual signal by applying inverse quantization and inverse transform through inverse quantization unit 140 and inverse transform unit 150 in a loop.
- the adder 155 adds the reconstructed residual signal to the predicted signal output from the inter predictor 180 or the intra predictor 185 so that a reconstructed signal (reconstructed picture, reconstructed block, reconstructed sample array) is added. Can be generated. If there is no residual for the block to be processed, such as when the skip mode is applied, the predicted block may be used as the reconstructed block.
- the adder 155 may be called a restoration unit or a restoration block generation unit.
- the generated reconstruction signal may be used for intra prediction of a next processing target block in a current picture, and may be used for inter prediction of a next picture through filtering as described below.
- the filtering unit 160 may improve subjective / objective image quality by applying filtering to the reconstruction signal.
- the filtering unit 160 may generate a modified reconstructed picture by applying various filtering methods to the reconstructed picture, and the modified reconstructed picture is stored in the memory 170, specifically, the DPB of the memory 170.
- the various filtering methods may include, for example, deblocking filtering, a sample adaptive offset, an adaptive loop filter, a bilateral filter, and the like.
- the filtering unit 160 may generate various information about the filtering and transmit the generated information to the entropy encoding unit 190.
- the filtering information may be encoded in the entropy encoding unit 190 and output in the form of a bitstream.
- the modified reconstructed picture transmitted to the memory 170 may be used as the reference picture in the inter predictor 180.
- the encoding apparatus may avoid prediction mismatch between the encoding apparatus 100 and the decoding apparatus, and may improve encoding efficiency.
- the memory 170 DPB may store the modified reconstructed picture for use as a reference picture in the inter predictor 180.
- the memory 170 may store the motion information of the block from which the motion information in the current picture is derived (or encoded) and / or the motion information of the blocks in the picture that have already been reconstructed.
- the stored motion information may be transmitted to the inter predictor 180 to use the motion information of the spatial neighboring block or the motion information of the temporal neighboring block.
- the memory 170 may store reconstructed samples of reconstructed blocks in the current picture, and transfer the reconstructed samples to the intra predictor 185.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of a decoding apparatus in which an embodiment of the present invention is applied and decoding of a video / image signal is performed.
- the decoding apparatus 200 includes an entropy decoding unit 210, an inverse quantizer 220, an inverse transform unit 230, an adder 235, a filter 240, a memory 250, and an inter
- the prediction unit 260 and the intra prediction unit 265 may be configured.
- the inter predictor 260 and the intra predictor 265 may be collectively called a predictor. That is, the predictor may include an inter predictor 180 and an intra predictor 185.
- the inverse quantization unit 220 and the inverse transform unit 230 may be collectively called a residual processing unit. That is, the residual processing unit may include an inverse quantization unit 220 and an inverse transformation unit 230.
- the entropy decoder 210, the inverse quantizer 220, the inverse transformer 230, the adder 235, the filter 240, the inter predictor 260, and the intra predictor 265 are described in the embodiment. Can be configured by one hardware component (eg, decoder or processor).
- the memory 170 may include a decoded picture buffer (DPB) or may be configured by a digital storage medium.
- DPB decoded picture buffer
- the decoding apparatus 200 may reconstruct an image corresponding to a process in which video / image information is processed in the encoding apparatus of FIG. 1.
- the decoding apparatus 200 may perform decoding using a processing unit applied in the encoding apparatus.
- the processing unit of decoding may be a coding unit, for example, which may be split along a quad tree structure and / or a binary tree structure from a coding tree unit or a maximum coding unit.
- the reconstructed video signal decoded and output through the decoding apparatus 200 may be reproduced through the reproducing apparatus.
- the decoding apparatus 200 may receive a signal output from the encoding apparatus of FIG. 1 in the form of a bitstream, and the received signal may be decoded through the entropy decoding unit 210.
- the entropy decoding unit 210 may parse the bitstream to derive information (eg, video / image information) necessary for image reconstruction (or picture reconstruction).
- the entropy decoding unit 210 decodes information in a bitstream based on a coding method such as exponential Golomb coding, CAVLC, or CABAC, quantized values of syntax elements required for image reconstruction, and transform coefficients for residuals. Can be output.
- the CABAC entropy decoding method receives a bin corresponding to each syntax element in a bitstream, and decodes syntax element information and decoding information of neighboring and decoding target blocks or information of symbols / bins decoded in a previous step.
- the context model may be determined using the context model, the probability of occurrence of a bin may be predicted according to the determined context model, and arithmetic decoding of the bin may be performed to generate a symbol corresponding to the value of each syntax element. have.
- the CABAC entropy decoding method may update the context model by using the information of the decoded symbol / bin for the context model of the next symbol / bean after determining the context model.
- the information related to the prediction among the information decoded by the entropy decoding unit 2110 is provided to the prediction unit (the inter prediction unit 260 and the intra prediction unit 265), and the entropy decoding performed by the entropy decoding unit 210 is performed. Dual values, that is, quantized transform coefficients and related parameter information, may be input to the inverse quantizer 220.
- information on filtering among information decoded by the entropy decoding unit 210 may be provided to the filtering unit 240.
- a receiver (not shown) that receives a signal output from the encoding apparatus may be further configured as an internal / external element of the decoding apparatus 200, or the receiver may be a component of the entropy decoding unit 210.
- the inverse quantization unit 220 may dequantize the quantized transform coefficients and output the transform coefficients.
- the inverse quantization unit 220 may rearrange the quantized transform coefficients in the form of a two-dimensional block. In this case, the reordering may be performed based on the coefficient scan order performed by the encoding apparatus.
- the inverse quantization unit 220 may perform inverse quantization on quantized transform coefficients using a quantization parameter (for example, quantization step size information), and may obtain transform coefficients.
- a quantization parameter for example, quantization step size information
- the inverse transformer 230 inversely transforms the transform coefficients to obtain a residual signal (residual block, residual sample array).
- the prediction unit may perform prediction on the current block and generate a predicted block including prediction samples for the current block.
- the prediction unit may determine whether intra prediction or inter prediction is applied to the current block based on the information about the prediction output from the entropy decoding unit 210, and may determine a specific intra / inter prediction mode.
- the intra predictor 265 may predict the current block by referring to samples in the current picture.
- the referenced samples may be located in the neighborhood of the current block or may be located apart according to the prediction mode.
- prediction modes may include a plurality of non-directional modes and a plurality of directional modes.
- the intra predictor 265 may determine the prediction mode applied to the current block by using the prediction mode applied to the neighboring block.
- the inter prediction unit 260 may derive the predicted block for the current block based on the reference block (reference sample array) specified by the motion vector on the reference picture.
- the motion information may be predicted in units of blocks, subblocks, or samples based on the correlation of the motion information between the neighboring block and the current block.
- the motion information may include a motion vector and a reference picture index.
- the motion information may further include inter prediction direction (L0 prediction, L1 prediction, Bi prediction, etc.) information.
- the neighboring block may include a spatial neighboring block existing in the current picture and a temporal neighboring block present in the reference picture.
- the inter prediction unit 260 may construct a motion information candidate list based on neighboring blocks and derive a motion vector and / or a reference picture index of the current block based on the received candidate selection information. Inter prediction may be performed based on various prediction modes, and the information about the prediction may include information indicating a mode of inter prediction for the current block.
- the adder 235 adds the obtained residual signal to the predictive signal (predicted block, predictive sample array) output from the inter predictor 260 or the intra predictor 265 to restore the reconstructed signal (reconstructed picture, reconstructed block). , Restore sample array). If there is no residual for the block to be processed, such as when the skip mode is applied, the predicted block may be used as the reconstructed block.
- the adder 235 may be called a restoration unit or a restoration block generation unit.
- the generated reconstruction signal may be used for intra prediction of a next processing target block in a current picture, and may be used for inter prediction of a next picture through filtering as described below.
- the filtering unit 240 may improve subjective / objective image quality by applying filtering to the reconstruction signal.
- the filtering unit 240 may generate a modified reconstructed picture by applying various filtering methods to the reconstructed picture, and the modified reconstructed picture may be stored in the memory 250, specifically, the DPB of the memory 250. Can be sent to.
- the various filtering methods may include, for example, deblocking filtering, a sample adaptive offset, an adaptive loop filter, a bilateral filter, and the like.
- the (modified) reconstructed picture stored in the DPB of the memory 250 may be used as the reference picture in the inter predictor 260.
- the memory 250 may store the motion information of the block from which the motion information in the current picture is derived (or decoded) and / or the motion information of the blocks in the picture that are already reconstructed.
- the stored motion information may be transmitted to the inter predictor 260 to use the motion information of the spatial neighboring block or the motion information of the temporal neighboring block.
- the memory 170 may store reconstructed samples of reconstructed blocks in the current picture, and transfer the reconstructed samples to the intra predictor 265.
- the embodiments described by the filtering unit 160, the inter prediction unit 180, and the intra prediction unit 185 of the encoding apparatus 100 are respectively the filtering unit 240 and the inter prediction of the decoding apparatus 200. The same may also apply to the unit 260 and the intra predictor 265.
- the video / image coding method according to this document may be performed based on various detailed techniques, and each detailed technique will be described as follows. Techniques described below include prediction, residual processing ((inverse) transformation, (inverse) quantization, etc.), syntax element coding, filtering, partitioning / division, etc. in the video / image encoding / decoding procedures described above and / or described below. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that they may be involved in related procedures.
- the block partitioning procedure according to this document may be performed by the image splitter 110 of the encoding apparatus described above, and the partitioning related information may be processed (encoded) by the entropy encoding unit 190 and transmitted to the decoding apparatus in the form of a bitstream. .
- the entropy decoding unit 210 of the decoding apparatus derives a block partitioning structure of the current picture based on the partitioning related information obtained from the bitstream, and based on this, a series of procedures (eg, prediction and residual) for image decoding. Processing, block reconstruction, in-loop filtering, etc.).
- the CTU may correspond to a coding tree block (CTB).
- CTB coding tree block
- the CTU may include a coding tree block of luma samples and two coding tree blocks of corresponding chroma samples.
- the CTU may include an N β N block of luma samples and two corresponding blocks of chroma samples.
- the maximum allowable size of the CTU for coding and prediction may be different from the maximum allowable size of the CTU for transform.
- the maximum allowable size of the luma block in the CTU may be 128x128.
- the CTU may be divided into CUs based on a quad-tree (QT) structure.
- the quadtree structure may be referred to as a quaternary tree structure. This is to reflect various local characteristics.
- the CTU may be divided based on a multitype tree structure partition including a binary tree (BT) and a ternary tree (TT) as well as a quad tree.
- the QTBT structure may include a quadtree and binary tree based partition structure
- the QTBTTT may include a quadtree, binary tree, and ternary tree based partition structure.
- the QTBT structure may include a quadtree, binary tree and ternary tree based partitioning structure.
- a coding tree structure a CU may have a square or rectangular shape.
- the CTU may first be divided into quadtree structures. After that, the leaf nodes of the quadtree structure may be further divided by the multitype tree structure.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention can be applied.
- the multitype tree structure may include four partition types as shown in FIG.
- the four types of split include vertical binary splitting (SPLIT_BT_VER), horizontal binary splitting (SPLIT_BT_HOR), vertical ternary splitting (SPLIT_TT_VER), and horizontal ternary splitting (SPLIT_TT_HOR). ) May be included.
- Leaf nodes of the multitype tree structure may be called CUs. These CUs can be used for prediction and transform procedures.
- CU, PU, and TU may have the same block size in this document. However, when the maximum supported transform length is smaller than the width or height of the color component of the CU, the CU and the TU may have different block sizes.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a signaling mechanism of partition partition information of a quadtree with nested multi-type tree structure according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- the CTU is treated as the root of the quadtree, and is partitioned for the first time into a quadtree structure.
- Each quadtree leaf node may then be further partitioned into a multitype tree structure.
- a first flag (ex. Mtt_split_cu_flag) is signaled to indicate whether the node is additionally partitioned.
- a second flag (ex. Mtt_split_cu_verticla_flag) may be signaled to indicate the splitting direction.
- a third flag (ex. Mtt_split_cu_binary_flag) may be signaled to indicate whether the partition type is binary partition or ternary partition.
- a multi-type tree splitting mode (MttSplitMode) of a CU may be derived as shown in Table 1 below.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a method of dividing a CTU into multiple CUs based on a quadtree and accompanying multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- the CU may correspond to a coding block (CB).
- the CU may include a coding block of luma samples and two coding blocks of corresponding chroma samples.
- the size of a CU may be as large as CTU, or may be cut by 4 β 4 in luma sample units. For example, in the 4: 2: 0 color format (or chroma format), the maximum chroma CB size may be 64x64 and the minimum chroma CB size may be 2x2.
- the maximum allowable luma TB size may be 64x64 and the maximum allowable chroma TB size may be 32x32. If the width or height of the CB divided according to the tree structure is larger than the maximum transform width or height, the CB may be automatically (or implicitly) split until the TB size limit in the horizontal and vertical directions is satisfied.
- the following parameters may be defined and identified as SPS syntax elements.
- CTU size the root node size of a quaternary tree
- MinQTSize the minimum allowed quaternary tree leaf node size
- MaxBtSize the maximum allowed binary tree root node size
- MaxTtSize the maximum allowed ternary tree root node size
- MaxMttDepth the maximum allowed hierarchy depth of multi-type tree splitting from a quadtree leaf
- MinBtSize the minimum allowed binary tree leaf node size
- MinTtSize the minimum allowed ternary tree leaf node size
- the CTU size may be set to 64x64 blocks of 128x128 luma samples and two corresponding chroma samples (in 4: 2: 0 chroma format).
- MinOTSize can be set to 16x16
- MaxBtSize to 128x128, MaxTtSzie to 64x64
- MinBtSize and MinTtSize (for both width and height) to 4x4, and MaxMttDepth to 4.
- Quarttree partitioning may be applied to the CTU to generate quadtree leaf nodes.
- the quadtree leaf node may be called a leaf QT node.
- Quadtree leaf nodes may have a 128x128 size (i.e. the CTU size) from a 16x16 size (i.e. the MinOTSize). If the leaf QT node is 128x128, it may not be additionally divided into a binary tree / a ternary tree. This is because in this case, even if split, it exceeds MaxBtsize and MaxTtszie (i.e. 64x64). In other cases, leaf QT nodes may be further partitioned into a multitype tree. Therefore, the leaf QT node is the root node for the multitype tree, and the leaf QT node may have a multitype tree depth (mttDepth) 0 value.
- mttDepth multitype tree depth
- FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a method of limiting ternary-tree splitting as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- TT partitioning may be limited in certain cases. For example, when the width or height of the luma coding block is greater than a predetermined specific value (eg, 32 and 64), TT partitioning may be limited as shown in FIG. 6.
- a predetermined specific value e.g, 32 and 64
- the coding tree scheme may support that the luma and chroma blocks have separate block tree structures.
- luma and chroma CTBs in one CTU may be limited to have the same coding tree structure.
- luma and chroma blocks may have a separate block tree structure from each other. If an individual block tree mode is applied, the luma CTB may be split into CUs based on a particular coding tree structure, and the chroma CTB may be split into chroma CUs based on another coding tree structure. This may mean that a CU in an I slice may consist of a coding block of a luma component or coding blocks of two chroma components, and a CU of a P or B slice may be composed of blocks of three color components.
- a quadtree coding tree structure involving a multitype tree has been described, but a structure in which a CU is divided is not limited thereto.
- the BT structure and the TT structure may be interpreted as a concept included in a multiple partitioning tree (MPT) structure, and the CU may be interpreted to be divided through the QT structure and the MPT structure.
- MPT multiple partitioning tree
- a syntax element eg, MPT_split_type
- MPT_split_mode a syntax element that contains information about which direction is divided into and horizontally.
- the CU may be partitioned in a different way than the QT structure, BT structure or TT structure. That is, according to the QT structure, the CU of the lower depth is divided into 1/4 size of the CU of the upper depth, or the CU of the lower depth is divided into 1/2 size of the CU of the upper depth according to the BT structure, or according to the TT structure. Unlike the CU of the lower depth is divided into 1/4 or 1/2 size of the CU of the upper depth, the CU of the lower depth is sometimes 1/5, 1/3, 3/8, 3 of the CU of the upper depth. It can be divided into / 5, 2/3 or 5/8 size, the way in which the CU is divided is not limited to this.
- the tree node block is placed so that all samples of all coded CUs are located within the picture boundaries. May be limited. In this case, for example, the following division rule may be applied.
- the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.
- the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_HOR mode
- the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.
- the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size and the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode or SPLIT_BT_HOR mode.
- the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_HOR mode.
- the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.
- the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size and the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode or SPLIT_BT_VER mode.
- the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_VER mode.
- the quadtree coded block structure with the multi-type tree described above can provide a very flexible block partitioning structure. Because of the partition types supported in a multitype tree, different partition patterns can sometimes lead to potentially identical coding block structure results. By limiting the occurrence of such redundant partition patterns, the data amount of partitioning information can be reduced. It demonstrates with reference to the following drawings.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating redundant division patterns that may occur in binary tree division and ternary tree division, as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- two levels of consecutive binary splits in one direction have the same coding block structure as the binary split for the center partition after the ternary split.
- the binary tree split in the given direction for the center partition of the ternary tree split may be limited. This restriction can be applied for CUs of all pictures. If this particular partitioning is restricted, the signaling of the corresponding syntax elements can be modified to reflect this limited case, thereby reducing the number of bits signaled for partitioning. For example, as shown in FIG.
- the mtt_split_cu_binary_flag syntax element indicating whether the split is a binary split or a tenary split is not signaled, and its value is Can be inferred by the decoder to zero.
- the decoded portion of the current picture or other pictures in which the current processing unit is included may be used to reconstruct the current processing unit in which decoding is performed.
- Intra picture or I picture which uses only the current picture for reconstruction, i.e. performs only intra picture prediction, predicts a picture (slice) using at most one motion vector and reference index to predict each unit
- a picture using a predictive picture or P picture (slice), up to two motion vectors, and a reference index (slice) may be referred to as a bi-predictive picture or a B picture (slice).
- Inter prediction means a prediction method of deriving a current processing block based on data elements (eg, sample values or motion vectors, etc.) of pictures other than the current picture. That is, a method of predicting pixel values of the current processing block by referring to reconstructed regions in other reconstructed pictures other than the current picture.
- data elements eg, sample values or motion vectors, etc.
- intra prediction (or intra prediction) will be described in more detail.
- Intra prediction or intra prediction
- Intra prediction means a prediction method that derives the current processing block from data elements (eg, sample values, etc.) of the same decoded picture (or slice). That is, a method of predicting pixel values of the current processing block by referring to reconstructed regions in the current picture.
- data elements eg, sample values, etc.
- Intra prediction may indicate prediction for generating a prediction sample for a current block based on reference samples outside the current block in a picture to which the current block belongs (hereinafter, referred to as a current picture).
- the present invention describes the detailed description of the intra prediction method described above with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2, and the decoder may be represented by the intra prediction-based video / image decoding method of FIG. 10 described later and the intra prediction unit in the decoding apparatus of FIG. 11. .
- the encoder may be represented by the intra prediction-based video / video encoding method of FIG. 8 and the intra prediction unit in the encoding apparatus of FIG. 9.
- the data encoded by FIGS. 8 and 9 may be stored in the form of a bitstream.
- peripheral reference samples to be used for intra prediction of the current block may be derived.
- the peripheral reference samples of the current block are samples adjacent to the left boundary of the current block of size nWxnH and a total of 2xnH samples neighboring the bottom-left, and samples adjacent to the top boundary of the current block. And a total of 2xnW samples neighboring the top-right and one sample neighboring the top-left of the current block.
- the peripheral reference samples of the current block may include a plurality of upper peripheral samples and a plurality of left peripheral samples.
- peripheral reference samples of the current block are a total of nH samples adjacent to the right boundary of the current block of size nWxnH, a total of nW samples adjacent to the bottom boundary of the current block and the lower right side of the current block. It may include one sample neighboring (bottom-right).
- peripheral reference samples of the current block may not be decoded yet or available.
- the decoder may construct the surrounding reference samples to use for prediction by substituting the samples that are not available with the available samples.
- peripheral reference samples to be used for prediction may be configured through interpolation of the available samples.
- the prediction sample can be derived based on the average or interpolation of neighboring reference samples of the current block, and (ii) the prediction among the neighbor reference samples of the current block.
- the prediction sample may be derived based on a reference sample present in a specific (prediction) direction with respect to the sample. In case of (i), it may be called non-directional mode or non-angle mode, and in case of (ii), it may be called directional mode or angular mode.
- the interpolation between the second neighboring sample and the first neighboring sample located in a direction opposite to the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode of the current block based on the prediction sample of the current block among the neighboring reference samples may be performed. Prediction samples may be generated.
- LIP linear interpolation intra prediction
- a temporary prediction sample of the current block is derived based on filtered neighbor reference samples, and at least one of the existing neighbor reference samples, that is, unfiltered neighbor reference samples, derived according to the intra prediction mode.
- a weighted sum of a reference sample and the temporary prediction sample may be used to derive the prediction sample of the current block.
- PDPC position dependent intra prediction
- post-processing filtering may be performed on the predicted sample derived as needed.
- the intra prediction procedure may include an intra prediction mode determination step, a peripheral reference sample derivation step, and an intra prediction mode based prediction sample derivation step.
- a post-filtering step may be performed on the predicted sample derived as needed.
- a video / image encoding procedure based on intra prediction and an intra prediction unit in the encoding apparatus may roughly include, for example, the following.
- FIGS. 8 and 9 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image encoding method and an intra prediction unit in an encoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- S801 may be performed by the intra predictor 185 of the encoding apparatus, and S802 may be performed by the residual processor of the encoding apparatus.
- S802 may be performed by the subtraction unit 115 of the encoding apparatus.
- the prediction information may be derived by the intra prediction unit 185 and encoded by the entropy encoding unit 190.
- the residual information may be derived by the residual processor and encoded by the entropy encoding unit 190.
- the residual information is information about the residual samples.
- the residual information may include information about quantized transform coefficients for the residual samples.
- the residual samples may be derived as transform coefficients through the transform unit 120 of the encoding apparatus, and the transform coefficients may be derived as transform coefficients quantized through the quantization unit 130.
- Information about the quantized transform coefficients may be encoded by the entropy encoding unit 190 through a residual coding procedure.
- the encoding apparatus performs intra prediction on the current block (S801).
- the encoding apparatus may derive an intra prediction mode for the current block, derive the peripheral reference samples of the current block, and generate the prediction samples in the current block based on the intra prediction mode and the peripheral reference samples.
- the intra prediction mode determination, the peripheral reference samples (the procedure of generating the prediction and the prediction samples may be performed simultaneously or one procedure may be performed before the other procedure.
- the intra prediction unit of the encoding apparatus ( 185 may include a prediction mode determiner 186, a reference sample derivator 187, and a prediction sample derivator 188, and the prediction mode determiner 186 determines an intra prediction mode for the current block.
- the reference sample derivator 187 may derive peripheral reference samples of the current block, and the predictive sample derivator 188 may derive the motion samples of the current block.
- the intra predictor 185 may further include a predictive sample filter unit (not shown)
- the encoding apparatus may further include the current block among a plurality of intra prediction modes. The encoding apparatus may compare an RD cost for the intra prediction modes and determine an optimal intra prediction mode for the current block.
- the encoding apparatus may perform a prediction sample filtering procedure.
- Predictive sample filtering may be referred to as post filtering. Some or all of the prediction samples may be filtered by the prediction sample filtering procedure. In some cases, the prediction sample filtering procedure may be omitted.
- the encoding apparatus generates residual samples for the current block based on the (filtered) prediction sample (S802).
- the encoding apparatus may encode image information including prediction mode information indicating the intra prediction mode and residual information regarding the residual samples (S803).
- the encoded image information may be output in the form of a bitstream.
- the output bitstream may be delivered to the decoding apparatus via a storage medium or a network.
- the encoding apparatus may generate a reconstructed picture (including the reconstructed samples and the reconstructed block) based on the reference samples and the residual samples. This is because the encoding apparatus derives the same prediction result as that performed in the decoding apparatus, and thus the coding efficiency can be increased. As described above, an in-loop filtering procedure may be further applied to the reconstructed picture.
- FIGS. 10 and 11 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image decoding method and an intra prediction unit in a decoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the decoding apparatus may perform an operation corresponding to the operation performed by the encoding apparatus.
- the decoding apparatus may perform prediction on the current block and derive prediction samples based on the received prediction information.
- the decoding apparatus may derive the intra prediction mode for the current block based on the received prediction mode information (S1001).
- the decoding apparatus may derive peripheral reference samples of the current block (S1002).
- the decoding apparatus generates prediction samples in the current block based on the intra prediction mode and the peripheral reference samples (S1003).
- the decoding apparatus may perform a prediction sample filtering procedure. Predictive sample filtering may be referred to as post filtering. Some or all of the prediction samples may be filtered by the prediction sample filtering procedure. In some cases, the prediction sample filtering procedure may be omitted.
- the decoding apparatus generates residual samples for the current block based on the received residual information (S1004).
- the decoding apparatus may generate reconstructed samples for the current block based on the (filtered) prediction samples and the residual samples, and generate a reconstructed picture based on the (S1005).
- the intra prediction unit 265 of the decoding apparatus may include a prediction mode determiner 266, a reference sample derivator 267, and a prediction sample derivator 268, and the prediction mode determiner 266 may be encoded.
- the intra prediction mode for the current block is determined based on the prediction mode information received by the prediction mode determiner 186 of the apparatus, and the reference sample derivator 266 derives the neighbor reference samples of the current block and predicts the prediction mode.
- the sample derivator 267 may derive the predictive samples of the current block.
- the intra prediction unit 265 may further include a prediction sample filter (not shown).
- the prediction mode information may include flag information (ex. Prev_intra_luma_pred_flag) indicating whether a most probable mode (MPM) is applied to the current block or a remaining mode is applied, and the MPM is the current When applied to a block, the prediction mode information may further include index information (ex. Mpm_idx) indicating one of the intra prediction mode candidates (MPM candidates).
- the intra prediction mode candidates (MPM candidates) may consist of an MPM candidate list or an MPM list.
- the prediction mode information further includes remaining mode information (ex. Rem_inra_luma_pred_mode) indicating one of the intra prediction modes except for the intra prediction mode candidates (MPM candidates). It may include.
- the decoding apparatus may determine the intra prediction mode of the current block based on the prediction mode information.
- the prediction mode information may be encoded / decoded through a coding method described below.
- the prediction mode information may be encoded / decoded through encoding coding (ex. CABAC, CAVLC) based on truncated (rice) binary code.
- the intra prediction mode applied to the current block may be determined using the intra prediction mode of the neighboring block.
- the decoding apparatus may select one of the most probable mode (mpm) candidates derived based on the intra prediction mode of the left block of the current block and the intra prediction mode of the upper block based on the received mpm index, or One of the remaining intra prediction modes not included in the mpm candidates may be selected based on the remaining intra prediction mode information.
- the mpm index may be signaled in the form of an mpm_idx syntax element
- the remaining intra prediction mode information may be signaled in the form of a rem_intra_luma_pred_mode syntax element.
- the remaining intra prediction mode information may index remaining intra prediction modes not included in the mpm candidates among all intra prediction modes in order of prediction mode number to indicate one of them.
- FIG. 12 and 13 illustrate a prediction direction of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
- the intra prediction mode may include two non-directional intra prediction modes and 33 directional intra prediction modes.
- the non-directional intra prediction modes may include a planar intra prediction mode and a DC intra prediction mode, and the directional intra prediction modes may include 2 to 34 intra prediction modes.
- the planner intra prediction mode may be called a planner mode, and the DC intra prediction mode may be called a DC mode.
- the directional intra prediction mode may be extended from 33 to 65 as shown in FIG. 13.
- the intra prediction mode may include two non-directional intra prediction modes and 65 directional intra prediction modes.
- the non-directional intra prediction modes may include a planar intra prediction mode and a DC intra prediction mode, and the directional intra prediction modes may include 2 to 66 intra prediction modes.
- Extended Directional Intra Prediction It can be applied to blocks of all sizes and to both luma and chroma components.
- the intra prediction mode may include two non-directional intra prediction modes and 129 directional intra prediction modes.
- the non-directional intra prediction modes may include a planar intra prediction mode and a DC intra prediction mode, and the directional intra prediction modes may include 2 to 130 intra prediction modes.
- the prediction unit of the encoding apparatus / decoding apparatus may derive a reference sample according to the intra prediction mode of the current block among neighbor reference samples of the current block, and generate a prediction sample of the current block based on the reference sample. .
- the prediction sample may be derived based on the average or interpolation of neighboring reference samples of the current block, and (ii) specific to the prediction sample among the neighboring reference samples of the current block.
- the prediction sample may be derived based on a reference sample present in the (prediction) direction. In case of (i), it may be called non-directional mode or non-angle mode, and in case of (ii), it may be called directional mode or angular mode.
- multi-reference sample lines may be used that utilize one or more reference sample lines for intra prediction for more accurate prediction.
- intra prediction uses correlation between samples within a block. However, as the distance between the predicted sample and the reference sample increases, the correlation may decrease, and a prediction error may occur.
- the present invention proposes a method of performing intra prediction using bi-directional reference samples in order to reduce such prediction error and improve compression performance.
- the present invention proposes a bidirectional intra prediction method that depends on the available reference samples.
- bit streams and files may be stored in various types of storage devices within the device, or streamed in various network environments such as cellular networks, Internet protocols, and the like.
- bit stream or file can be decoded and played.
- the invention can be applied to any device having an encoder and / or a decoder regardless of the display of the bit stream.
- the prediction error can be reduced and the coding efficiency can be improved.
- the encoder / decoder may perform intra prediction along the prediction direction to effectively capture edges in the image.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram for describing a prediction angle of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- the encoder / decoder may perform directional prediction using an intra prediction mode having an angle as shown in FIG. 14. For example, when the angle of the prediction mode is 180 degrees, the prediction sample of the current block may be generated using the horizontal left sample. Or, for example, when the angle of the prediction mode is 270 degrees, the prediction sample of the current block may be generated using the vertical upper sample.
- 15 is a diagram illustrating a method of performing intra prediction using an available reference sample according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- FIG. 15 it is assumed that an intra prediction mode having an angle of 315 degrees based on the angle illustrated in FIG. 14 described above is applied to a current block.
- the shaded blocks represent reference samples around the current block.
- the encoder / decoder may generate a prediction block (or prediction sample) of the current block by using reference samples around the current block according to the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode of the current block.
- intra prediction mode as shown in FIG. 15 means that an edge exists in the current block along the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode from the upper reference sample. Meanwhile, when an intra prediction mode of 135 degrees, that is, an opposite direction of 315 degrees is applied, it means that an edge exists from the left reference sample to the upper reference sample along the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode.
- embodiments of the present invention propose a directional intra mode depending on the reference sample availability.
- 16 to 18 are diagrams illustrating the directionality of an intra prediction mode determined according to an available reference sample as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- the double arrow indicates that bi-directional intra prediction is available, and the shaded area indicates the available prediction angle (or range of prediction angles).
- the encoder / decoder may construct (or generate) an intra prediction mode set that includes a predetermined number of prediction modes in the shaded region.
- the encoder / decoder may construct (or generate) an intra prediction mode set within a prediction angle range defined according to the available reference samples.
- the intra prediction mode set is not limited to its name, and the intra mode set, the prediction mode set, the intra prediction mode group, the prediction mode group, the intra mode group, the intra prediction mode list, the prediction mode list, the intra mode list Or the like.
- an upper reference sample and a left reference sample are available as shown in FIG. 16 (a), between 90 degrees and 180 degrees and / or 270 degrees and 360 degrees as shown in FIG. 16 (b).
- An directional intra prediction mode with angle may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
- β 360 may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
- the encoder / decoder has an angular range between 90 degrees and 180 degrees and / or 270 degrees and 360 degrees (or more than 90 degrees) for bidirectional intra prediction if the upper and left reference samples are available for intra prediction as reconstructed samples. Larger than less than or equal to 180 degrees and / or greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees) to configure a set of intra prediction modes including a certain number of intra prediction modes.
- the encoder / decoder may determine the intra prediction mode based on the set of intra prediction modes determined according to the available reference samples, and perform bidirectional intra prediction using the determined intra prediction mode. At this time, the encoder / decoder derives the first reference sample from the left reference sample, derives the second reference sample from the upper reference sample, and derives the derived first reference sample and the second reference sample based on the determined intra prediction mode. Can be weighted to produce the final predicted sample. The method of generating the final prediction sample is described in detail below.
- intra prediction modes within an angular range determined according to reference samples available to the predefined prediction mode table may be mapped.
- the number of intra prediction modes within a specific angle range may be determined differently according to the division of the angle. For example, angles between 0 degrees and 90 degrees may be divided every 3 degrees, and in this case, the number of intra prediction modes may be determined as 29 except for 0 degrees and 90 degrees angles.
- nonlinear splitting for a particular angular range may be applied.
- the first intra prediction mode and the second intra prediction mode may have angles of 2 degrees and 5 degrees, respectively.
- a directional intra prediction mode with an angle between 0 degrees and 90 degrees and / or 180 degrees and 270 degrees may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
- the encoder / decoder has an angular range between 0 degrees and 90 degrees and / or 180 degrees and 270 degrees (or more than 0 degrees) for bidirectional intra prediction if right and upper reference samples are available for intra prediction as reconstructed samples. Greater than or equal to less than 90 degrees and / or greater than 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees) to configure a set of intra prediction modes comprising a certain number of intra prediction modes. For example, if an arbitrary coding order or coding order (or scan order) is applied from right to left, the right and top samples of the current block may be available for prediction as reconstructed samples.
- the encoder / decoder may determine the intra prediction mode based on the set of intra prediction modes determined according to the available reference samples, and perform bidirectional intra prediction using the determined intra prediction mode. At this time, the encoder / decoder derives the first reference sample from the left reference sample, derives the second reference sample from the upper reference sample, and derives the derived first reference sample and the second reference sample based on the determined intra prediction mode. Can be weighted to produce the final predicted sample.
- the dotted upper left reference sample represents a case where more reference samples are required for intra prediction due to the angle of the prediction direction.
- the reference sample at that location ie, the dotted reference sample
- the reference sample at the nearest location may be padded using the reference sample at the nearest location.
- two upper left reference samples may be padded using adjacent reference samples for the prediction mode in the right downward direction.
- intra prediction modes within an angular range determined according to reference samples available to the predefined prediction mode table may be mapped.
- the number of intra prediction modes within a specific angle range may be determined differently according to the division of the angle. For example, angles between 0 degrees and 90 degrees may be divided every 3 degrees, and in this case, the number of intra prediction modes may be determined as 29 except for 0 degrees and 90 degrees angles.
- nonlinear splitting for a particular angular range may be applied.
- the first intra prediction mode and the second intra prediction mode may have angles of 2 degrees and 5 degrees, respectively.
- left, top and right reference samples are available, as shown in FIG. 18A. If left, top and right reference samples are available, as shown in FIG. 18B, the directional intra prediction mode in all directions except 90 degrees may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
- the encoder / decoder includes an intra prediction mode that includes a certain number of intra prediction modes within all angular ranges except 90 degrees for bidirectional intra prediction, if left, top and right reference samples are available for intra prediction as reconstructed samples. You can configure a set. For example, if an arbitrary coding order or coding order (or scan order) is applied from right to left, the left, top and right samples of the current block may be available for prediction as reconstructed samples.
- the encoder / decoder may determine the intra prediction mode based on the set of intra prediction modes determined according to the available reference samples, and perform bidirectional intra prediction using the determined intra prediction mode. At this time, the encoder / decoder derives the first reference sample from the left reference sample, derives the second reference sample from the upper reference sample, and derives the derived first reference sample and the second reference sample based on the determined intra prediction mode. Can be weighted to produce the final predicted sample.
- intra prediction modes within an angular range determined according to reference samples available to the predefined prediction mode table may be mapped.
- the number of intra prediction modes within a specific angle range may be determined differently according to the division of the angle. For example, angles between 0 degrees and 90 degrees may be divided every 3 degrees, and in this case, the number of intra prediction modes may be determined as 29 except for 0 degrees and 90 degrees angles.
- nonlinear splitting for a particular angular range may be applied.
- the first intra prediction mode and the second intra prediction mode may have angles of 2 degrees and 5 degrees, respectively.
- Embodiment 2 a method of performing bidirectional intra prediction using the reference sample dependent intra prediction mode described in Embodiment 2 is proposed.
- 19 is a diagram illustrating a method of generating a predictive sample through bidirectional intra prediction as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- a reference sample dependent intra prediction mode is applied as in FIG. 16 and the upper and left reference samples are available.
- the angle of the intra prediction mode is 300 degrees.
- the encoder / decoder predicts a prediction sample by weighting reference samples based on a distance ratio between a bidirectional reference sample (first reference sample and a second reference sample) and a current sample determined according to the prediction direction of the prediction mode. Can be generated (or derived).
- the A reference sample and the C reference sample may be used (or selected or determined) as reference samples for the prediction sample P1 at the position [2, 2] according to the direction of the intra prediction mode.
- the prediction sample P1 may be generated (or derived, calculated) by the weighted average of the A reference sample and the C reference sample.
- Equation 1 d_top represents the distance between the A reference sample located in the upper reference sample array and P1
- d_left represents the distance between the C reference sample located in the left reference sample array and P1.
- d_top and d_left may be switched with each other because the directional intra mode starts from the left reference sample to the upper reference sample.
- the positions of A and C may be fractional positions rather than integer positions.
- the sample value of the corresponding fractional position may be derived by performing interpolation based on the reference sample of the integer position.
- the ratio of floating point position 1 / (d_left + d_top) may be rounded to the ratio of integer positions.
- Embodiments of the present invention described above may be implemented independently, or one or more embodiments may be implemented in combination.
- 20 is a flowchart illustrating a method of generating an intra prediction block according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- a decoder is mainly described for convenience of description, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and the method of generating an intra prediction block according to the embodiment of the present invention may be performed in the same manner in the encoder and the decoder.
- the decoder is configured to use an intra prediction mode set used for the bidirectional intra prediction based on available reference samples around the current block when bi-directional intra prediction is applied to the current block. (S2001).
- the decoder parses a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block in the intra prediction mode set (S2002).
- the decoder derives a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode (S2003).
- the decoder weights the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block (S2004).
- the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes within a specific angular range determined according to the available direction of the reference sample.
- the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 90 degrees to 180 degrees and an angle range of 270 degrees to 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
- the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 0 degrees to 90 degrees and an angle range of 180 degrees to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
- the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees and 270 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available. Can be.
- the weights applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample are the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample in the current block and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample. It can be determined based on the ratio of. As an example, the method described above with reference to FIG. 19 and Equation 1 may be applied.
- 21 is a diagram illustrating an intra prediction apparatus according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- the intra predictor is illustrated as one block, but the intra predictor may be implemented in a configuration included in the encoder and / or the decoder.
- the intra predictor implements the functions, processes, and / or methods proposed in FIGS. 8 to 20.
- the intra prediction unit may include an intra prediction mode set configuration unit 2101, a prediction mode index parsing unit 2102, a reference sample derivation unit 2103, and a prediction sample generation unit 2104.
- the intra prediction mode set configuration unit 2101 performs intra prediction used for the bidirectional intra prediction based on the available reference samples around the current block when bi-directional intra prediction is applied to the current block. Configure an intra prediction mode set.
- a prediction mode index parser 2102 parses a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block in the intra prediction mode set.
- the reference sample derivator 2103 derives a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode.
- the prediction sample generator 2104 weights the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block.
- the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes within a specific angular range determined according to the available direction of the reference sample.
- the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 90 degrees to 180 degrees and an angle range of 270 degrees to 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
- the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 0 degrees to 90 degrees and an angle range of 180 degrees to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
- the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees and 270 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available. Can be.
- the weights applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample are the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample in the current block and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample. It can be determined based on the ratio of. As an example, the method described above with reference to FIG. 19 and Equation 1 may be applied.
- FIG. 22 shows a video coding system to which the present invention is applied.
- the video coding system can include a source device and a receiving device.
- the source device may deliver the encoded video / image information or data to a receiving device through a digital storage medium or network in a file or streaming form.
- the source device may include a video source, an encoding apparatus, and a transmitter.
- the receiving device may include a receiver, a decoding apparatus, and a renderer.
- the encoding device may be called a video / image encoding device, and the decoding device may be called a video / image decoding device.
- the transmitter may be included in the encoding device.
- the receiver may be included in the decoding device.
- the renderer may include a display unit, and the display unit may be configured as a separate device or an external component.
- the video source may acquire the video / image through a process of capturing, synthesizing, or generating the video / image.
- the video source may comprise a video / image capture device and / or a video / image generation device.
- the video / image capture device may include, for example, one or more cameras, video / image archives including previously captured video / images, and the like.
- Video / image generation devices may include, for example, computers, tablets and smartphones, and may (electronically) generate video / images.
- a virtual video / image may be generated through a computer or the like. In this case, the video / image capturing process may be replaced by a process of generating related data.
- the encoding device may encode the input video / image.
- the encoding apparatus may perform a series of procedures such as prediction, transform, and quantization for compression and coding efficiency.
- the encoded data (encoded video / image information) may be output in the form of a bitstream.
- the transmitter may transmit the encoded video / video information or data output in the form of a bitstream to the receiver of the receiving device through a digital storage medium or a network in the form of a file or streaming.
- the digital storage medium may include various storage media such as USB, SD, CD, DVD, Blu-ray, HDD, SSD, and the like.
- the transmission unit may include an element for generating a media file through a predetermined file format, and may include an element for transmission through a broadcast / communication network.
- the receiver may extract the bitstream and transmit the extracted bitstream to the decoding apparatus.
- the decoding apparatus may decode the video / image by performing a series of procedures such as inverse quantization, inverse transformation, and prediction corresponding to the operation of the encoding apparatus.
- the renderer may render the decoded video / image.
- the rendered video / image may be displayed through the display unit.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a content streaming system according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- a content streaming system to which the present invention is applied may largely include an encoding server, a streaming server, a web server, a media storage, a user device, and a multimedia input device.
- the encoding server compresses content input from multimedia input devices such as a smart phone, a camera, a camcorder, etc. into digital data to generate a bitstream and transmit the bitstream to the streaming server.
- multimedia input devices such as smart phones, cameras, camcorders, etc. directly generate a bitstream
- the encoding server may be omitted.
- the bitstream may be generated by an encoding method or a bitstream generation method to which the present invention is applied, and the streaming server may temporarily store the bitstream in the process of transmitting or receiving the bitstream.
- the streaming server transmits the multimedia data to the user device based on the user's request through the web server, and the web server serves as a medium for informing the user of what service.
- the web server delivers it to a streaming server, and the streaming server transmits multimedia data to the user.
- the content streaming system may include a separate control server.
- the control server plays a role of controlling a command / response between devices in the content streaming system.
- the streaming server may receive content from a media store and / or an encoding server. For example, when the content is received from the encoding server, the content may be received in real time. In this case, in order to provide a smooth streaming service, the streaming server may store the bitstream for a predetermined time.
- Examples of the user device include a mobile phone, a smart phone, a laptop computer, a digital broadcasting terminal, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a portable multimedia player (PMP), navigation, a slate PC, Tablet PCs, ultrabooks, wearable devices (e.g., smartwatches, glass glasses, head mounted displays), digital TVs, desktops Computer, digital signage, and the like.
- PDA personal digital assistant
- PMP portable multimedia player
- slate PC slate PC
- Tablet PCs ultrabooks
- wearable devices e.g., smartwatches, glass glasses, head mounted displays
- digital TVs desktops Computer
- digital signage digital signage
- Each server in the content streaming system may be operated as a distributed server, in which case data received from each server may be distributed.
- the embodiments described herein may be implemented and performed on a processor, microprocessor, controller, or chip.
- the functional units shown in each drawing may be implemented and performed on a computer, processor, microprocessor, controller, or chip.
- the decoder and encoder to which the present invention is applied include a multimedia broadcasting transmitting and receiving device, a mobile communication terminal, a home cinema video device, a digital cinema video device, a surveillance camera, a video chat device, a real time communication device such as video communication, a mobile streaming device, Storage media, camcorders, video on demand (VoD) service providing devices, OTT video (Over the top video) devices, Internet streaming service providing devices, three-dimensional (3D) video devices, video telephony video devices, and medical video devices. It can be used to process video signals or data signals.
- the OTT video device may include a game console, a Blu-ray player, an internet access TV, a home theater system, a smartphone, a tablet PC, a digital video recorder (DVR), and the like.
- the processing method to which the present invention is applied can be produced in the form of a program executed by a computer, and stored in a computer-readable recording medium.
- Multimedia data having a data structure according to the present invention can also be stored in a computer-readable recording medium.
- the computer readable recording medium includes all kinds of storage devices and distributed storage devices in which computer readable data is stored.
- the computer-readable recording medium may be, for example, a Blu-ray disc (BD), a universal serial bus (USB), a ROM, a PROM, an EPROM, an EEPROM, a RAM, a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, and an optical disc. It may include a data storage device.
- the computer-readable recording medium also includes media embodied in the form of a carrier wave (eg, transmission over the Internet).
- the bitstream generated by the encoding method may be stored in a computer-readable recording medium or transmitted through a wired or wireless communication network.
- an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented as a computer program product by program code, which may be performed on a computer by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the program code may be stored on a carrier readable by a computer.
- Embodiments according to the present invention may be implemented by various means, for example, hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
- an embodiment of the present invention may include one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), FPGAs ( field programmable gate arrays), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and the like.
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- DSPs digital signal processors
- DSPDs digital signal processing devices
- PLDs programmable logic devices
- FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
- processors controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and the like.
- an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented in the form of a module, procedure, function, etc. that performs the functions or operations described above.
- the software code may be stored in memory and driven by the processor.
- the memory may be located inside or outside the processor, and may exchange data with the processor by various known means.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Compression Or Coding Systems Of Tv Signals (AREA)
Abstract
Description
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ μ§ μμ λλ λμμ μ²λ¦¬ λ°©λ²μ κ΄ν κ²μΌλ‘μ, λ³΄λ€ μμΈνκ² μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ(intra prediction mode) κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μ μ§ μμ λλ λμμμ μΈμ½λ©/λμ½λ©νλ λ°©λ² λ° μ΄λ₯Ό μ§μνλ μ₯μΉμ κ΄ν κ²μ΄λ€.The present invention relates to a still image or moving image processing method, and more particularly, to a method for encoding / decoding a still image or moving image based on an intra prediction mode and an apparatus supporting the same.
μμΆ λΆνΈνλ λμ§νΈνν μ 보λ₯Ό ν΅μ νμ μ ν΅ν΄ μ μ‘νκ±°λ, μ μ₯ 맀체μ μ ν©ν ννλ‘ μ μ₯νκΈ° μν μΌλ ¨μ μ νΈ μ²λ¦¬ κΈ°μ μ μλ―Ένλ€. μμ, μ΄λ―Έμ§, μμ± λ±μ λ―Έλμ΄κ° μμΆ λΆνΈνμ λμμ΄ λ μ μμΌλ©°, νΉν μμμ λμμΌλ‘ μμΆ λΆνΈνλ₯Ό μννλ κΈ°μ μ λΉλμ€ μμ μμΆμ΄λΌκ³ μΌμ»«λλ€. Compression coding refers to a series of signal processing techniques for transmitting digitized information through a communication line or for storing in a form suitable for a storage medium. Media such as an image, an image, an audio, and the like may be a target of compression encoding. In particular, a technique of performing compression encoding on an image is called video image compression.
μ°¨μΈλ λΉλμ€ μ»¨ν μΈ λ κ³ ν΄μλ(high spatial resolution), κ³ νλ μμ¨(high frame rate) λ° μμ ννμ κ³ μ°¨μν(high dimensionality of scene representation)λΌλ νΉμ§μ κ°κ² λ κ²μ΄λ€. κ·Έλ¬ν 컨ν μΈ λ₯Ό μ²λ¦¬νκΈ° μν΄μλ λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬ μ μ₯(memory storage), λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬ μ‘μΈμ€μ¨(memory access rate) λ° μ²λ¦¬ μ λ ₯(processing power) μΈ‘λ©΄μμ μμ²λ μ¦κ°λ₯Ό κ°μ Έμ¬ κ²μ΄λ€.Next-generation video content will be characterized by high spatial resolution, high frame rate and high dimensionality of scene representation. Processing such content would result in a tremendous increase in terms of memory storage, memory access rate, and processing power.
λ°λΌμ, μ°¨μΈλ λΉλμ€ μ»¨ν μΈ λ₯Ό λ³΄λ€ ν¨μ¨μ μΌλ‘ μ²λ¦¬νκΈ° μν μ½λ© ν΄μ λμμΈν νμκ° μλ€.Accordingly, there is a need to design coding tools for more efficiently processing next generation video content.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λͺ©μ μ, μμΈ‘ μ€μ°¨λ₯Ό μ€μ΄κ³ μμΆ μ±λ₯μ ν₯μμν€κΈ° μνμ¬, μλ°©ν₯(bi-directional)μ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μννλ λ°©λ²μ μ μνλ€.An object of the present invention is to propose a method for performing intra prediction using bi-directional reference samples in order to reduce prediction error and improve compression performance.
λν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λͺ©μ μ, μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μν(reference sample)μ μμ‘΄μ μΈ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λ°©λ²μ μ μνλ€.It is also an object of the present invention to propose a bi-directional intra prediction method that depends on the available reference samples.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμ μ΄λ£¨κ³ μ νλ κΈ°μ μ κ³Όμ λ€μ μ΄μμμ μΈκΈν κΈ°μ μ κ³Όμ λ€λ‘ μ νλμ§ μμΌλ©°, μΈκΈνμ§ μμ λ λ€λ₯Έ κΈ°μ μ κ³Όμ λ€μ μλμ κΈ°μ¬λ‘λΆν° λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μνλ κΈ°μ λΆμΌμμ ν΅μμ μ§μμ κ°μ§ μμκ² λͺ ννκ² μ΄ν΄λ μ μμ κ²μ΄λ€.The technical problems to be achieved in the present invention are not limited to the technical problems mentioned above, and other technical problems not mentioned above will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description. Could be.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μΌ μμμ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμμ λμ½λ©νλ λ°©λ²μ μμ΄μ, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(bi-directional intra prediction)μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ (intra prediction mode set)μ ꡬμ±νλ λ¨κ³; μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ λ΄μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ§μνλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€(prediction mode index)λ₯Ό νμ±νλ λ¨κ³; μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€μμ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνλ λ¨κ³; λ° μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ λ¨κ³λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μμ 미리 μ μλ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.An aspect of the present invention is a method of decoding an image based on an intra prediction mode, wherein when bi-directional intra prediction is applied to a current block, based on available reference samples around the current block Configuring an intra prediction mode set used for the bidirectional intra prediction; Parsing a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block within the intra prediction mode set; Deriving a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode; And weighting the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block, wherein the set of intra prediction modes is within a specific angular range determined according to the available direction of the reference sample. It may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes in.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 180 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 270 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 360 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.Advantageously, said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than 90 degrees and less than or equal to 180 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include intra prediction modes.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 0 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 90 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 180 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 270 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.Advantageously, said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than or equal to 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include intra prediction modes.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘, μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λλ₯Ό μ μΈν λλ¨Έμ§ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.Advantageously, the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°κ° μ μ©λλ κ°μ€μΉλ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄ νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬ λ° μκΈ° νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬μ λΉμ¨μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€.Preferably, a weight applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample, respectively, is based on a ratio of the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample in the current block. Can be determined.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ€λ₯Έ μΌ μμμ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμμ λμ½λ©νλ μ₯μΉμ μμ΄μ, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(bi-directional intra prediction)μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ (intra prediction mode set)μ ꡬμ±νλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ ꡬμ±λΆ; μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ λ΄μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ§μνλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€(prediction mode index)λ₯Ό νμ±νλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€ νμ±λΆ; μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€μμ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνλ μ°Έμ‘° μν μ λλΆ; λ° μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ μμΈ‘ μν μμ±λΆλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μμ 미리 μ μλ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.According to another aspect of the present invention, in an apparatus for decoding an image based on an intra prediction mode, when bi-directional intra prediction is applied to a current block, an available reference samples around the current block are applied. An intra prediction mode set configuration unit constituting an intra prediction mode set used for the bidirectional intra prediction based on the basis; A prediction mode index parser for parsing a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block in the intra prediction mode set; A reference sample derivation unit for deriving a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on a prediction direction of the intra prediction mode; And a prediction sample generator for weighting the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block, wherein the intra prediction mode set is a specific angle determined according to an available direction of the reference sample. It may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes within a range.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 180 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 270 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 360 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λλ, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ.Advantageously, said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than 90 degrees and less than or equal to 180 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. And decode the intra prediction modes.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 0 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 90 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 180 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 270 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.Advantageously, said intra prediction mode set is within an angle range greater than or equal to 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees and an angle range greater than or equal to 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include intra prediction modes.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘, μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λλ₯Ό μ μΈν λλ¨Έμ§ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.Advantageously, the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available.
λ°λμ§νκ², μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°κ° μ μ©λλ κ°μ€μΉλ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄ νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬ λ° μκΈ° νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬μ λΉμ¨μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€.Preferably, a weight applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample, respectively, is based on a ratio of the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample in the current block. Can be determined.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯΄λ©΄, μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ ν¨μ¨μ μΌλ‘ μ¬μ©ν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ μμΈ‘ μ€μ°¨λ₯Ό μ€μ΄κ³ , λΆνΈν ν¨μ¨μ ν₯μμν¬ μ μλ€.According to the embodiment of the present invention, by effectively using the intra prediction direction according to the reference sample, the prediction error can be reduced and the coding efficiency can be improved.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμ μ»μ μ μλ ν¨κ³Όλ μ΄μμμ μΈκΈν ν¨κ³Όλ‘ μ νλμ§ μμΌλ©°, μΈκΈνμ§ μμ λ λ€λ₯Έ ν¨κ³Όλ€μ μλμ κΈ°μ¬λ‘λΆν° λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μνλ κΈ°μ λΆμΌμμ ν΅μμ μ§μμ κ°μ§ μμκ² λͺ ννκ² μ΄ν΄λ μ μμ κ²μ΄λ€.The effects obtainable in the present invention are not limited to the above-mentioned effects, and other effects not mentioned will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description. .
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ κ΄ν μ΄ν΄λ₯Ό λκΈ° μν΄ μμΈν μ€λͺ μ μΌλΆλ‘ ν¬ν¨λλ, μ²¨λΆ λλ©΄μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λν μ€μμλ₯Ό μ 곡νκ³ , μμΈν μ€λͺ κ³Ό ν¨κ» λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ κΈ°μ μ νΉμ§μ μ€λͺ νλ€.BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The accompanying drawings, included as part of the detailed description in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention, provide embodiments of the present invention and together with the description, describe the technical features of the present invention.
λ 1μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ μ νΈμ μΈμ½λ©μ΄ μνλλ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ κ°λ΅μ μΈ λΈλ‘λλ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.1 is a schematic block diagram of an encoding apparatus in which an encoding of a video / image signal is performed, according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 2λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ μ νΈμ λμ½λ©μ΄ μνλλ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ κ°λ΅μ μΈ λΈλ‘λλ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.2 is a schematic block diagram of a decoding apparatus in which an embodiment of the present invention is applied and decoding of a video / image signal is performed.
λ 3μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ μΌ μλ₯Ό λνλ΄λ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention can be applied.
λ 4λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°νλ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬(quadtree with nested multi-type tree) ꡬ쑰μ νν°μ λΆν μ 보μ μκ·Έλλ§ λ©μ»€λμ¦μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a signaling mechanism of partition partition information of a quadtree with nested multi-type tree structure according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 5λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ λ° μλ°λλ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬(quadtree and nested multi-type tree) ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ CTUλ₯Ό λ€μ€ CUλ€λ‘ λΆν νλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a method of dividing a CTU into multiple CUs based on a quadtree and accompanying multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 6μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬(ternary-tree) λΆν μ μ ννλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a method of limiting ternary-tree splitting as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 7μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν λ° ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν μμ λ°μν μ μλ 리λλνΈ λΆν ν¨ν΄λ€μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating redundant division patterns that may occur in binary tree division and ternary tree division, as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 8 λ° λ 9λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ κΈ°λ° λΉλμ€/μμ μΈμ½λ© λ°©λ² λ° λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ₯Ό μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.8 and 9 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image encoding method and an intra prediction unit in an encoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
λ 10 λ° λ 11μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ κΈ°λ° λΉλμ€/μμ λμ½λ© λ°©λ² λ° λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ₯Ό μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.10 and 11 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image decoding method and an intra prediction unit in a decoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
λ 12 λ° λ 13μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μΌ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λνλ΄λ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.12 and 13 illustrate a prediction direction of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 14λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΌ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ κ°λλ₯Ό μ€λͺ νκΈ° μν λλ©΄μ΄λ€. 14 is a diagram for describing a prediction angle of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 15λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΌ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μννλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.15 is a diagram illustrating a method of performing intra prediction using an available reference sample according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 16 λ΄μ§ λ 18μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°©ν₯μ±μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.16 to 18 are diagrams illustrating the directionality of an intra prediction mode determined according to an available reference sample as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 19λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΌ μ€μμλ‘μ, μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ ν΅ν΄ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.19 is a diagram illustrating a method of generating a predictive sample through bidirectional intra prediction as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 20μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘μ μμ±νλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ νλ¦λμ΄λ€.20 is a flowchart illustrating a method of generating an intra prediction block according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 21μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ μ₯μΉλ₯Ό μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.21 is a diagram illustrating an intra prediction apparatus according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 22λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ λΉλμ€ μ½λ© μμ€ν μ λνλΈλ€.22 shows a video coding system to which the present invention is applied.
λ 23μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, 컨ν μΈ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μμ€ν ꡬ쑰λλ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.23 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a content streaming system according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
μ΄ν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ°λ₯Έ λ°λμ§ν μ€μ ννλ₯Ό 첨λΆλ λλ©΄μ μ°Έμ‘°νμ¬ μμΈνκ² μ€λͺ νλ€. 첨λΆλ λλ©΄κ³Ό ν¨κ» μ΄νμ κ°μλ μμΈν μ€λͺ μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μμμ μΈ μ€μννλ₯Ό μ€λͺ νκ³ μ νλ κ²μ΄λ©°, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ€μλ μ μλ μ μΌν μ€μννλ₯Ό λνλ΄κ³ μ νλ κ²μ΄ μλλ€. μ΄νμ μμΈν μ€λͺ μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μμ ν μ΄ν΄λ₯Ό μ 곡νκΈ° μν΄μ ꡬ체μ μΈλΆμ¬νμ ν¬ν¨νλ€. κ·Έλ¬λ, λΉμ μλ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ΄λ¬ν ꡬ체μ μΈλΆμ¬ν μμ΄λ μ€μλ μ μμμ μλ€. Hereinafter, exemplary embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. The detailed description, which will be given below with reference to the accompanying drawings, is intended to explain exemplary embodiments of the present invention and is not intended to represent the only embodiments in which the present invention may be practiced. The following detailed description includes specific details in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention. However, one of ordinary skill in the art appreciates that the present invention may be practiced without these specific details.
λͺλͺ κ²½μ°, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ κ°λ μ΄ λͺ¨νΈν΄μ§λ κ²μ νΌνκΈ° μνμ¬ κ³΅μ§μ ꡬ쑰 λ° μ₯μΉλ μλ΅λκ±°λ, κ° κ΅¬μ‘° λ° μ₯μΉμ ν΅μ¬κΈ°λ₯μ μ€μ¬μΌλ‘ ν λΈλ‘λ νμμΌλ‘ λμλ μ μλ€. In some instances, well-known structures and devices may be omitted or shown in block diagram form centering on the core functions of the structures and devices in order to avoid obscuring the concepts of the present invention.
μμΈλ¬, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμ μ¬μ©λλ μ©μ΄λ κ°λ₯ν ν νμ¬ λ리 μ¬μ©λλ μΌλ°μ μΈ μ©μ΄λ₯Ό μ ννμμΌλ, νΉμ ν κ²½μ°λ μΆμμΈμ΄ μμλ‘ μ μ ν μ©μ΄λ₯Ό μ¬μ©νμ¬ μ€λͺ νλ€. κ·Έλ¬ν κ²½μ°μλ ν΄λΉ λΆλΆμ μμΈ μ€λͺ μμ κ·Έ μλ―Έλ₯Ό λͺ νν κΈ°μ¬νλ―λ‘, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€λͺ μμ μ¬μ©λ μ©μ΄μ λͺ μΉλ§μΌλ‘ λ¨μ ν΄μλμ΄μλ μ λ κ²μ΄λ©° κ·Έ ν΄λΉ μ©μ΄μ μλ―ΈκΉμ§ νμ νμ¬ ν΄μλμ΄μΌ ν¨μ λ°νλκ³ μ νλ€.In addition, the terminology used in the present invention was selected as a general term widely used as possible now, in a specific case will be described using terms arbitrarily selected by the applicant. In such a case, since the meaning is clearly described in the detailed description of the part, it should not be interpreted simply by the name of the term used in the description of the present invention, and it should be understood that the meaning of the term should be understood and interpreted. .
μ΄νμ μ€λͺ μμ μ¬μ©λλ νΉμ μ©μ΄λ€μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ΄ν΄λ₯Ό λκΈ° μν΄μ μ 곡λ κ²μ΄λ©°, μ΄λ¬ν νΉμ μ©μ΄μ μ¬μ©μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ κΈ°μ μ μ¬μμ λ²μ΄λμ§ μλ λ²μμμ λ€λ₯Έ ννλ‘ λ³κ²½λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μ νΈ, λ°μ΄ν°, μν, ν½μ³, νλ μ, λΈλ‘ λ±μ κ²½μ° κ° μ½λ© κ³Όμ μμ μ μ νκ² λ체λμ΄ ν΄μλ μ μμ κ²μ΄λ€.Specific terms used in the following description are provided to help the understanding of the present invention, and the use of such specific terms may be changed to other forms without departing from the technical spirit of the present invention. For example, signals, data, samples, pictures, frames, blocks, etc. may be appropriately replaced and interpreted in each coding process.
μ΄ν λ³Έ λͺ μΈμμμ 'μ²λ¦¬ μ λ'μ μμΈ‘, λ³ν λ°/λλ μμν λ±κ³Ό κ°μ μΈμ½λ©/λμ½λ©μ μ²λ¦¬ κ³Όμ μ΄ μνλλ λ¨μλ₯Ό μλ―Ένλ€. μ΄ν, μ€λͺ μ νΈμλ₯Ό μν΄ μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ 'μ²λ¦¬ λΈλ‘' λλ 'λΈλ‘'μΌλ‘ μ§μΉλ μλ μλ€. Hereinafter, in the present specification, the 'processing unit' refers to a unit in which a process of encoding / decoding such as prediction, transformation, and / or quantization is performed. Hereinafter, for convenience of description, the processing unit may be referred to as a 'processing block' or 'block'.
μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ νλ(luma) μ±λΆμ λν λ¨μμ μμ°¨(chroma) μ±λΆμ λν λ¨μλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ μλ―Έλ‘ ν΄μλ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ μ λ(CTU: Coding Tree Unit), μ½λ© μ λ(CU: Coding Unit), μμΈ‘ μ λ(PU: Prediction Unit) λλ λ³ν μ λ(TU: Transform Unit)μ ν΄λΉλ μ μλ€. The processing unit may be interpreted to include a unit for the luma component and a unit for the chroma component. For example, the processing unit may correspond to a Coding Tree Unit (CTU), a Coding Unit (CU), a Prediction Unit (PU), or a Transform Unit (TU).
λν, μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ νλ(luma) μ±λΆμ λν λ¨μ λλ μμ°¨(chroma) μ±λΆμ λν λ¨μλ‘ ν΄μλ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ νλ(luma) μ±λΆμ λν μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ λΈλ‘(CTB: Coding Tree Block), μ½λ© λΈλ‘(CB: Coding Block), μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘(PU: Prediction Block) λλ λ³ν λΈλ‘(TB: Transform Block)μ ν΄λΉλ μ μλ€. λλ, μμ°¨(chroma) μ±λΆμ λν μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ λΈλ‘(CTB), μ½λ© λΈλ‘(CB), μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘(PU) λλ λ³ν λΈλ‘(TB)μ ν΄λΉλ μ μλ€. λν, μ΄μ νμ λλ κ²μ μλλ©° μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ νλ(luma) μ±λΆμ λν λ¨μμ μμ°¨(chroma) μ±λΆμ λν λ¨μλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ μλ―Έλ‘ ν΄μλ μλ μλ€. In addition, the processing unit may be interpreted as a unit for a luma component or a unit for a chroma component. For example, the processing unit may be a coding tree block (CTB), a coding block (CB), a prediction block (PU), or a transform block (TB) for a luma component. May correspond to. Or, it may correspond to a coding tree block (CTB), a coding block (CB), a prediction block (PU), or a transform block (TB) for a chroma component. In addition, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the processing unit may be interpreted to include a unit for a luma component and a unit for a chroma component.
λν, μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ λ°λμ μ μ¬κ°νμ λΈλ‘μΌλ‘ νμ λλ κ²μ μλλ©°, 3κ° μ΄μμ κΌμ§μ μ κ°μ§λ λ€κ°ν ννλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μλ μλ€. In addition, the processing unit is not necessarily limited to square blocks, but may also be configured in a polygonal form having three or more vertices.
λν, μ΄ν λ³Έ λͺ μΈμμμ ν½μ λλ νμ λ±μ μνλ‘ ν΅μΉνλ€. κ·Έλ¦¬κ³ , μνμ μ΄μ©νλ€λ κ²μ ν½μ κ° λλ νμ κ° λ±μ μ΄μ©νλ€λ κ²μ μλ―Έν μ μλ€. In the following specification, a pixel, a pixel, and the like are referred to collectively as samples. In addition, using a sample may mean using a pixel value or a pixel value.
λ 1μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ μ νΈμ μΈμ½λ©μ΄ μνλλ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ κ°λ΅μ μΈ λΈλ‘λλ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.1 is a schematic block diagram of an encoding apparatus in which an encoding of a video / image signal is performed, according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 1μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(100)λ μμ λΆν λΆ(110), κ°μ°λΆ(115), λ³νλΆ(120), μμνλΆ(130), μμμνλΆ(140), μλ³νλΆ(150), κ°μ°λΆ(155), νν°λ§λΆ(160), λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170), μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180), μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185) λ° μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€. μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ μμΈ‘λΆλ‘ ν΅μΉλ μ μλ€. λ€μ λ§ν΄, μμΈ‘λΆλ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λ³νλΆ(120), μμνλΆ(130), μμμνλΆ(140), μλ³νλΆ(150)λ λ μ§λμΌ(residual) μ²λ¦¬λΆμ ν¬ν¨λ μ μλ€. λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬λΆλ κ°μ°λΆ(115)λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μλ μλ€. μΌ μ€μμλ‘μ, μμ ν μμ λΆν λΆ(110), κ°μ°λΆ(115), λ³νλΆ(120), μμνλΆ(130), μμμνλΆ(140), μλ³νλΆ(150), κ°μ°λΆ(155), νν°λ§λΆ(160), μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180), μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185) λ° μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ νλμ νλμ¨μ΄ μ»΄ν¬λνΈ(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μΈμ½λ λλ νλ‘μΈμ)μ μνμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€. λν, λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)λ DPB(decoded picture buffer)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , λμ§νΈ μ μ₯ 맀체μ μνμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μλ μλ€. Referring to FIG. 1, the
μμ λΆν λΆ(110)λ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(100)μ μ
λ ₯λ μ
λ ₯ μμ(λλ, ν½μ³, νλ μ)λ₯Ό νλ μ΄μμ μ²λ¦¬ μ λ(processing unit)μΌλ‘ λΆν ν μ μλ€. μΌ μλ‘, μκΈ° μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ μ½λ© μ λ(coding unit, CU)μ΄λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° μ½λ© μ λμ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ μ λ(coding tree unit, CTU) λλ μ΅λ μ½λ© μ λ(largest coding unit, LCU)μΌλ‘λΆν° QTBT (Quad-tree binary-tree) ꡬ쑰μ λ°λΌ μ¬κ·μ μΌλ‘(recursively) λΆν λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, νλμ μ½λ© μ λμ μΏΌλ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰 λ°/λλ λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ νμ(deeper) λμ€μ 볡μμ μ½λ© μ λλ€λ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ μΏΌλ νΈλ¦¬ κ΅¬μ‘°κ° λ¨Όμ μ μ©λκ³ λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ κ΅¬μ‘°κ° λμ€μ μ μ©λ μ μλ€. λλ λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ κ΅¬μ‘°κ° λ¨Όμ μ μ©λ μλ μλ€. λ μ΄μ λΆν λμ§ μλ μ΅μ’
μ½λ© μ λμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ λ³Έ λ°λͺ
μ λ°λ₯Έ μ½λ© μ μ°¨κ° μνλ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° μμ νΉμ±μ λ°λ₯Έ μ½λ© ν¨μ¨ λ±μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘, μ΅λ μ½λ© μ λμ΄ λ°λ‘ μ΅μ’
μ½λ© μ λμΌλ‘ μ¬μ©λ μ μκ³ , λλ νμμ λ°λΌ μ½λ© μ λμ μ¬κ·μ μΌλ‘(recursively) λ³΄λ€ νμ λμ€μ μ½λ© μ λλ€λ‘ λΆν λμ΄ μ΅μ μ μ¬μ΄μ¦μ μ½λ© μ λμ΄ μ΅μ’
μ½λ© μ λμΌλ‘ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μ¬κΈ°μ μ½λ© μ μ°¨λΌ ν¨μ νμ νλ μμΈ‘, λ³ν, λ° λ³΅μ λ±μ μ μ°¨λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λ€λ₯Έ μλ‘, μκΈ° μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ μμΈ‘ μ λ(PU: Prediction Unit) λλ λ³ν μ λ(TU: Transform Unit)μ λ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μ λ λ° μκΈ° λ³ν μ λμ κ°κ° μμ ν μ΅μ’
μ½λ© μ λμΌλ‘λΆν° λΆν λλ νν°μ
λλ μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μ λμ μν μμΈ‘μ λ¨μμΌ μ μκ³ , μκΈ° λ³ν μ λμ λ³ν κ³μλ₯Ό μ λνλ λ¨μ λ°/λλ λ³ν κ³μλ‘λΆν° λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈ(residual signal)λ₯Ό μ λνλ λ¨μμΌ μ μλ€. The
μ λμ κ²½μ°μ λ°λΌμ λΈλ‘(block) λλ μμ(area) λ±μ μ©μ΄μ νΌμ©νμ¬ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μΌλ°μ μΈ κ²½μ°, MxN λΈλ‘μ Mκ°μ μ΄κ³Ό Nκ°μ νμΌλ‘ μ΄λ£¨μ΄μ§ μνλ€ λλ λ³ν κ³μ(transform coefficient)λ€μ μ§ν©μ λνλΌ μ μλ€. μνμ μΌλ°μ μΌλ‘ ν½μ λλ ν½μ μ κ°μ λνλΌ μ μμΌλ©°, νλ(luma) μ±λΆμ ν½μ /ν½μ κ°λ§μ λνλΌ μλ μκ³ , μ±λ(chroma) μ±λΆμ ν½μ /ν½μ κ°λ§μ λνλΌ μλ μλ€. μνμ νλμ ν½μ²(λλ μμ)μ ν½μ (pixel) λλ ν (pel)μ λμνλ μ©μ΄λ‘μ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€.The unit may be used interchangeably with terms such as block or area in some cases. In a general case, an M Γ N block may represent a set of samples or transform coefficients composed of M columns and N rows. A sample may generally represent a pixel or a value of a pixel, and may only represent pixel / pixel values of the luma component, or only pixel / pixel values of the chroma component. A sample may be used as a term corresponding to one picture (or image) for a pixel or a pel.
μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(100)λ μ
λ ₯ μμ μ νΈ(μλ³Έ λΈλ‘, μλ³Έ μν μ΄λ μ΄)μμ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μμΈ‘ μ νΈ(μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘, μμΈ‘ μν μ΄λ μ΄)λ₯Ό κ°μ°νμ¬ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈ(residual signal, μμ¬ λΈλ‘, μμ¬ μν μ΄λ μ΄)λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μκ³ , μμ±λ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈλ λ³νλΆ(120)λ‘ μ μ‘λλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ μΈμ½λ(100) λ΄μμ μ
λ ₯ μμ μ νΈ(μλ³Έ λΈλ‘, μλ³Έ μν μ΄λ μ΄)μμ μμΈ‘ μ νΈ(μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘, μμΈ‘ μν μ΄λ μ΄)λ₯Ό κ°μ°νλ μ λμ κ°μ°λΆ(115)λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μμΈ‘λΆλ μ²λ¦¬ λμ λΈλ‘(μ΄ν, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ΄λΌ ν¨)μ λν μμΈ‘μ μννκ³ , μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μμΈ‘ μνλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλ μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘(predicted block)μ μμ±ν μ μλ€. μμΈ‘λΆλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λλ CU λ¨μλ‘ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλμ§ λλ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλμ§ κ²°μ ν μ μλ€. μμΈ‘λΆλ κ° μμΈ‘λͺ¨λμ λν μ€λͺ
μμ νμ νλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보 λ± μμΈ‘μ κ΄ν λ€μν μ 보λ₯Ό μμ±νμ¬ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ‘ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. μμΈ‘μ κ΄ν μ 보λ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μμ μΈμ½λ©λμ΄ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ μΆλ ₯λ μ μλ€. The
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄μ μνλ€μ μ°Έμ‘°νμ¬ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘°λλ μνλ€μ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°λΌ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³(neighbor)μ μμΉν μ μκ³ , λλ λ¨μ΄μ Έμ μμΉν μλ μλ€. μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μμ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ 볡μμ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λμ 볡μμ λ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λΉλ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λλ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ DC λͺ¨λ λ° νλλ λͺ¨λ(Planar λͺ¨λ)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λλ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ μΈλ°ν μ λμ λ°λΌ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ 33κ°μ λ°©ν₯μ± μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λλ 65κ°μ λ°©ν₯μ± μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λ€λ§, μ΄λ μμλ‘μ μ€μ μ λ°λΌ κ·Έ μ΄μ λλ κ·Έ μ΄νμ κ°μμ λ°©ν₯μ± μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ ν μλ μλ€.The
μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180)λ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ² μμμ μμ§μ 벑ν°μ μν΄ νΉμ λλ μ°Έμ‘° λΈλ‘(μ°Έμ‘° μν μ΄λ μ΄)μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘μ μ λν μ μλ€. μ΄λ, μΈν° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμμ μ μ‘λλ μμ§μ μ 보μ μμ μ€μ΄κΈ° μν΄ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘κ³Ό νμ¬ λΈλ‘ κ°μ μμ§μ μ 보μ μκ΄μ±μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μμ§μ μ 보λ₯Ό λΈλ‘, μλΈλΈλ‘ λλ μν λ¨μλ‘ μμΈ‘ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμ§μ μ 보λ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ° μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ² μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμ§μ μ 보λ μΈν° μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯(L0 μμΈ‘, L1 μμΈ‘, Bi μμΈ‘ λ±) μ 보λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μΈν° μμΈ‘μ κ²½μ°μ, μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄μ μ‘΄μ¬νλ 곡κ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘(spatial neighboring block)κ³Ό μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²μ μ‘΄μ¬νλ μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘(temporal neighboring block)μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° λΈλ‘μ ν¬ν¨νλ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²μ μκΈ° μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ ν¬ν¨νλ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²λ λμΌν μλ μκ³ , λ€λ₯Ό μλ μλ€. μκΈ° μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ λμΌ μμΉ μ°Έμ‘° λΈλ‘(collocated reference block), λμΌ μμΉ CU(colCU) λ±μ μ΄λ¦μΌλ‘ λΆλ¦΄ μ μμΌλ©°, μκΈ° μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ ν¬ν¨νλ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²λ λμΌ μμΉ ν½μ²(collocated picture, colPic)λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μλ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180)λ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘λ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμ§μ μ 보 ν보 리μ€νΈλ₯Ό ꡬμ±νκ³ , μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ°/λλ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ² μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό λμΆνκΈ° μνμ¬ μ΄λ€ νλ³΄κ° μ¬μ©λλμ§λ₯Ό μ§μνλ μ 보λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μλ€. λ€μν μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ΄ μνλ μ μμΌλ©°, μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ μ€ν΅ λͺ¨λμ λ¨Έμ§ λͺ¨λμ κ²½μ°μ, μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180)λ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ 보λ₯Ό νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ λ³΄λ‘ μ΄μ©ν μ μλ€. μ€ν΅ λͺ¨λμ κ²½μ°, λ¨Έμ§ λͺ¨λμ λ¬λ¦¬ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈκ° μ μ‘λμ§ μμ μ μλ€. μμ§μ μ 보 μμΈ‘(motion vector prediction, MVP) λͺ¨λμ κ²½μ°, μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ 벑ν°λ₯Ό μμ§μ λ²‘ν° μμΈ‘μ(motion vector predictor)λ‘ μ΄μ©νκ³ , μμ§μ λ²‘ν° μ°¨λΆ(motion vector difference)μ μκ·Έλλ§ν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ 벑ν°λ₯Ό μ§μν μ μλ€.The
μκΈ° μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λλ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ μμ±λ μμΈ‘ μ νΈλ 볡μ μ νΈλ₯Ό μμ±νκΈ° μν΄ μ΄μ©λκ±°λ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈλ₯Ό μμ±νκΈ° μν΄ μ΄μ©λ μ μλ€. The prediction signal generated by the
λ³νλΆ(120)λ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈμ λ³ν κΈ°λ²μ μ μ©νμ¬ λ³ν κ³μλ€(transform coefficients)λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λ³ν κΈ°λ²μ DCT(Discrete Cosine Transform), DST(Discrete Sine Transform), KLT(Karhunen-Loeve Transform), GBT(Graph-Based Transform), λλ CNT(Conditionally Non-linear Transform) μ€ μ μ΄λ νλλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μ¬κΈ°μ, GBTλ ν½μ
κ°μ κ΄κ³ μ 보λ₯Ό κ·Έλνλ‘ νννλ€κ³ ν λ μ΄ κ·Έλνλ‘λΆν° μ»μ΄μ§ λ³νμ μλ―Ένλ€. CNTλ μ΄μ μ 볡μλ λͺ¨λ ν½μ
(all previously reconstructed pixel)λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ μμΈ‘ μ νΈλ₯Ό μμ±νκ³ κ·Έμ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ νλλλ λ³νμ μλ―Ένλ€. λν, λ³ν κ³Όμ μ μ μ¬κ°νμ λμΌν ν¬κΈ°λ₯Ό κ°λ ν½μ
λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λ μλ μκ³ , μ μ¬κ°νμ΄ μλ κ°λ³ ν¬κΈ°μ λΈλ‘μλ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.The
μμνλΆ(130)λ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ μμννμ¬ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ‘ μ μ‘λκ³ , μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ μμνλ μ νΈ(μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ κ΄ν μ 보)λ₯Ό μΈμ½λ©νμ¬ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦ΌμΌλ‘ μΆλ ₯ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ κ΄ν μ 보λ λ μ§λμΌ μ 보λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μμνλΆ(130)λ κ³μ μ€μΊ μμ(scan order)λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ λΈλ‘ ννμ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ 1μ°¨μ λ²‘ν° ννλ‘ μ¬μ λ ¬ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° 1μ°¨μ λ²‘ν° ννμ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ κ΄ν μ 보λ₯Ό μμ±ν μλ μλ€. μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ μ§μ 골둬(exponential Golomb), CAVLC(context-adaptive variable length coding), CABAC(context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding) λ±κ³Ό κ°μ λ€μν μΈμ½λ© λ°©λ²μ μνν μ μλ€. μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€ μΈ λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ 볡μμ νμν μ 보λ€(μ컨λ μ νμ€ μμλ€(syntax elements)μ κ° λ±)μ ν¨κ» λλ λ³λλ‘ μΈμ½λ©ν μλ μλ€. μΈμ½λ©λ μ 보(ex. μΈμ½λ©λ λΉλμ€/μμ μ 보)λ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ NAL(network abstraction layer) μ λ λ¨μλ‘ μ μ‘ λλ μ μ₯λ μ μλ€. μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ λ€νΈμν¬λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μ μ‘λ μ μκ³ , λλ λμ§νΈ μ μ₯맀체μ μ μ₯λ μ μλ€. μ¬κΈ°μ λ€νΈμν¬λ λ°©μ‘λ§ λ°/λλ ν΅μ λ§ λ±μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , λμ§νΈ μ μ₯맀체λ USB, SD, CD, DVD, λΈλ£¨λ μ΄, HDD, SSD λ± λ€μν μ μ₯맀체λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μ νΈλ μ μ‘νλ μ μ‘λΆ(λ―Έλμ) λ°/λλ μ μ₯νλ μ μ₯λΆ(λ―Έλμ)κ° μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(100)μ λ΄/μΈλΆ μ리먼νΈλ‘μ ꡬμ±λ μ μκ³ , λλ μ μ‘λΆλ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μ ꡬμ±μμμΌ μλ μλ€.The
μμνλΆ(130)λ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ μμΈ‘ μ νΈλ₯Ό μμ±νκΈ° μν΄ μ΄μ©λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μμ 루ν λ΄μ μμμνλΆ(140) λ° μλ³νλΆ(150)λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ μμμν λ° μλ³νμ μ μ©ν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈλ₯Ό 볡μν μ μλ€. κ°μ°λΆ(155)λ 볡μλ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈλ₯Ό μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μμΈ‘ μ νΈμ λν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ λ³΅μ(reconstructed) μ νΈ(볡μ ν½μ², 볡μ λΈλ‘, 볡μ μν μ΄λ μ΄)κ° μμ±λ μ μλ€. μ€ν΅ λͺ¨λκ° μ μ©λ κ²½μ°μ κ°μ΄ μ²λ¦¬ λμ λΈλ‘μ λν λ μ§λμΌμ΄ μλ κ²½μ°, μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘μ΄ λ³΅μ λΈλ‘μΌλ‘ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. κ°μ°λΆ(155)λ 볡μλΆ λλ 볡μ λΈλ‘ μμ±λΆλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μμ±λ 볡μ μ νΈλ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄ λ€μ μ²λ¦¬ λμ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μνμ¬ μ¬μ©λ μ μκ³ , νμ νλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ νν°λ§μ κ±°μ³μ λ€μ ν½μ²μ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ μνμ¬ μ¬μ©λ μλ μλ€. The quantized transform coefficients output from the
νν°λ§λΆ(160)λ 볡μ μ νΈμ νν°λ§μ μ μ©νμ¬ μ£Όκ΄μ /κ°κ΄μ νμ§μ ν₯μμν¬ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ νν°λ§λΆ(160)μ 볡μ ν½μ²μ λ€μν νν°λ§ λ°©λ²μ μ μ©νμ¬ μμ λ(modified) 볡μ ν½μ²λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° μμ λ 볡μ ν½μ²λ₯Ό λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170), ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘ λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)μ DPBμ μ μ₯ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° λ€μν νν°λ§ λ°©λ²μ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λλΈλ‘νΉ νν°λ§, μν μ μμ μ€νμ
(sample adaptive offset), μ μμ 루ν νν°(adaptive loop filter), μλ°©ν₯ νν°(bilateral filter) λ±μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. νν°λ§λΆ(160)μ κ° νν°λ§ λ°©λ²μ λν μ€λͺ
μμ νμ νλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ νν°λ§μ κ΄ν λ€μν μ 보λ₯Ό μμ±νμ¬ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)λ‘ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. νν°λ§ κ΄ν μ 보λ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μμ μΈμ½λ©λμ΄ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ μΆλ ₯λ μ μλ€. The
λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)μ μ μ‘λ μμ λ 볡μ ν½μ²λ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180)μμ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²λ‘ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μ΄λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(100)μ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμμ μμΈ‘ λ―Έμ€λ§€μΉλ₯Ό νΌν μ μκ³ , λΆνΈν ν¨μ¨λ ν₯μμν¬ μ μλ€. The modified reconstructed picture transmitted to the
λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170) DPBλ μμ λ 볡μ ν½μ²λ₯Ό μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180)μμμ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²λ‘ μ¬μ©νκΈ° μν΄ μ μ₯ν μ μλ€. λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)λ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄ μμ§μ μ λ³΄κ° λμΆλ(λλ μΈμ½λ©λ) λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ 보 λ°/λλ μ΄λ―Έ 볡μλ ν½μ² λ΄ λΈλ‘λ€μ μμ§μ μ 보λ₯Ό μ μ₯ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μ μ₯λ μμ§μ μ 보λ 곡κ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ 보 λλ μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ λ³΄λ‘ νμ©νκΈ° μνμ¬ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180)μ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)λ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄ λ³΅μλ λΈλ‘λ€μ 볡μ μνλ€μ μ μ₯ν μ μκ³ , μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)μ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. The
λ 2λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ μ νΈμ λμ½λ©μ΄ μνλλ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ κ°λ΅μ μΈ λΈλ‘λλ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.2 is a schematic block diagram of a decoding apparatus in which an embodiment of the present invention is applied and decoding of a video / image signal is performed.
λ 2λ₯Ό μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)λ μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210), μμμνλΆ(220), μλ³νλΆ(230), κ°μ°λΆ(235), νν°λ§λΆ(240), λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(250), μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€. μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ₯Ό ν©μ³μ μμΈ‘λΆλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μ¦, μμΈ‘λΆλ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μμμνλΆ(220), μλ³νλΆ(230)λ₯Ό ν©μ³μ λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬λΆλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μ¦, λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬λΆλ μμμνλΆ(220), μλ³νλΆ(230)μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μμ ν μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210), μμμνλΆ(220), μλ³νλΆ(230), κ°μ°λΆ(235), νν°λ§λΆ(240), μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ μ€μμμ λ°λΌ νλμ νλμ¨μ΄ μ»΄ν¬λνΈ(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ λμ½λ λλ νλ‘μΈμ)μ μνμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€. λν λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)λ DPB(decoded picture buffer)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , λμ§νΈ μ μ₯ 맀체μ μνμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μλ μλ€.Referring to FIG. 2, the
λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ μ 보λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ΄ μ
λ ₯λλ©΄, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)λ λ 1μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμ λΉλμ€/μ΄λ―Έμ§ μ λ³΄κ° μ²λ¦¬λ νλ‘μΈμ€μ λμνμ¬ μμμ 볡μν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)λ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμ μ μ©λ μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ λμ½λ©μ μνν μ μλ€. λ°λΌμ λμ½λ©μ μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ μ½λ© μ λμΌ μ μκ³ , μ½λ© μ λμ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ μ λ λλ μ΅λ μ½λ© μ λμΌλ‘λΆν° μΏΌλ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰 λ°/λλ λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό λ°λΌμ λΆν λ μ μλ€. κ·Έλ¦¬κ³ , λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ λμ½λ© λ° μΆλ ₯λ 볡μ μμ μ νΈλ μ¬μ μ₯μΉλ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ μ¬μλ μ μλ€.When a bitstream including video / image information is input, the
λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)λ λ 1μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μ νΈλ₯Ό λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ μμ ν μ μκ³ , μμ λ μ νΈλ μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ λμ½λ©λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)λ μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ νμ±νμ¬ μμ 볡μ(λλ ν½μ² 볡μ)μ νμν μ 보(ex. λΉλμ€/μμ μ 보)λ₯Ό λμΆν μ μλ€. μ컨λ, μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)λ μ§μ 골둬 λΆνΈν, CAVLC λλ CABAC λ±μ μ½λ© λ°©λ²μ κΈ°μ΄λ‘ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό λ΄ μ 보λ₯Ό λμ½λ©νκ³ , μμ 볡μμ νμν μ νμ€ μ리먼νΈμ κ°, λ μ§λμΌμ κ΄ν λ³ν κ³μμ μμνλ κ° λ€μ μΆλ ₯ν μ μλ€. λ³΄λ€ μμΈνκ², CABAC μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ© λ°©λ²μ, λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμμ κ° κ΅¬λ¬Έ μμμ ν΄λΉνλ λΉμ μμ νκ³ , λμ½λ© λμ ꡬ문 μμ μ 보μ μ£Όλ³ λ° λμ½λ© λμ λΈλ‘μ λμ½λ© μ 보 νΉμ μ΄μ λ¨κ³μμ λμ½λ©λ μ¬λ³Ό/λΉμ μ 보λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ λ¬Έλ§₯(context) λͺ¨λΈμ κ²°μ νκ³ , κ²°μ λ λ¬Έλ§₯ λͺ¨λΈμ λ°λΌ λΉ(bin)μ λ°μ νλ₯ μ μμΈ‘νμ¬ λΉμ μ°μ λμ½λ©(arithmetic decoding)λ₯Ό μννμ¬ κ° κ΅¬λ¬Έ μμμ κ°μ ν΄λΉνλ μ¬λ³Όμ μμ±ν μ μλ€. μ΄λ, CABAC μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ© λ°©λ²μ λ¬Έλ§₯ λͺ¨λΈ κ²°μ ν λ€μ μ¬λ³Ό/λΉμ λ¬Έλ§₯ λͺ¨λΈμ μν΄ λμ½λ©λ μ¬λ³Ό/λΉμ μ 보λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ λ¬Έλ§₯ λͺ¨λΈμ μ
λ°μ΄νΈν μ μλ€. μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(2110)μμ λμ½λ©λ μ 보 μ€ μμΈ‘μ κ΄ν μ 보λ μμΈ‘λΆ(μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265))λ‘ μ 곡λκ³ , μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)μμ μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©μ΄ μνλ λ μ§λμΌ κ°, μ¦ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€ λ° κ΄λ ¨ νλΌλ―Έν° μ 보λ μμμνλΆ(220)λ‘ μ
λ ₯λ μ μλ€. λν, μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)μμ λμ½λ©λ μ 보 μ€ νν°λ§μ κ΄ν μ 보λ νν°λ§λΆ(240)μΌλ‘ μ 곡λ μ μλ€. ννΈ, μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μ νΈλ₯Ό μμ νλ μμ λΆ(λ―Έλμ)κ° λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)μ λ΄/μΈλΆ μ리먼νΈλ‘μ λ ꡬμ±λ μ μκ³ , λλ μμ λΆλ μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)μ ꡬμ±μμμΌ μλ μλ€. The
μμμνλΆ(220)μμλ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ μμμννμ¬ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ μΆλ ₯ν μ μλ€. μμμνλΆ(220)λ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ 2μ°¨μμ λΈλ‘ ννλ‘ μ¬μ λ ¬ν μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° μκΈ° μ¬μ λ ¬μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμ μνλ κ³μ μ€μΊ μμλ₯Ό κΈ°λ°νμ¬ μ¬μ λ ¬μ μνν μ μλ€. μμμνλΆ(220)λ μμν νλΌλ―Έν°(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ μμν μ€ν
μ¬μ΄μ¦ μ 보)λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ λν μμμνλ₯Ό μννκ³ , λ³ν κ³μλ€(transform coefficient)λ₯Ό νλν μ μλ€. The
μλ³νλΆ(230)μμλ λ³ν κ³μλ€λ₯Ό μλ³ννμ¬ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈ(λ μ§λμΌ λΈλ‘, λ μ§λμΌ μν μ΄λ μ΄)λ₯Ό νλνκ² λλ€. The
μμΈ‘λΆλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μμΈ‘μ μννκ³ , μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μμΈ‘ μνλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλ μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘(predicted block)μ μμ±ν μ μλ€. μμΈ‘λΆλ μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)λ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μκΈ° μμΈ‘μ κ΄ν μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλμ§ λλ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλμ§ κ²°μ ν μ μκ³ , ꡬ체μ μΈ μΈνΈλΌ/μΈν° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ ν μ μλ€. The prediction unit may perform prediction on the current block and generate a predicted block including prediction samples for the current block. The prediction unit may determine whether intra prediction or inter prediction is applied to the current block based on the information about the prediction output from the
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄μ μνλ€μ μ°Έμ‘°νμ¬ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘°λλ μνλ€μ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°λΌ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³(neighbor)μ μμΉν μ μκ³ , λλ λ¨μ΄μ Έμ μμΉν μλ μλ€. μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μμ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ 볡μμ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λμ 볡μμ λ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ ν μλ μλ€.The
μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260)λ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ² μμμ μμ§μ 벑ν°μ μν΄ νΉμ λλ μ°Έμ‘° λΈλ‘(μ°Έμ‘° μν μ΄λ μ΄)μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘μ μ λν μ μλ€. μ΄λ, μΈν° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμμ μ μ‘λλ μμ§μ μ 보μ μμ μ€μ΄κΈ° μν΄ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘κ³Ό νμ¬ λΈλ‘ κ°μ μμ§μ μ 보μ μκ΄μ±μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μμ§μ μ 보λ₯Ό λΈλ‘, μλΈλΈλ‘ λλ μν λ¨μλ‘ μμΈ‘ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμ§μ μ 보λ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ° μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ² μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμ§μ μ 보λ μΈν° μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯(L0 μμΈ‘, L1 μμΈ‘, Bi μμΈ‘ λ±) μ 보λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μΈν° μμΈ‘μ κ²½μ°μ, μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄μ μ‘΄μ¬νλ 곡κ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘(spatial neighboring block)κ³Ό μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ²μ μ‘΄μ¬νλ μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘(temporal neighboring block)μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260)λ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘λ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμ§μ μ 보 ν보 리μ€νΈλ₯Ό ꡬμ±νκ³ , μμ ν ν보 μ ν μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ°/λλ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ² μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό λμΆν μ μλ€. λ€μν μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ΄ μνλ μ μμΌλ©°, μκΈ° μμΈ‘μ κ΄ν μ 보λ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μΈν° μμΈ‘μ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ§μνλ μ 보λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. The
κ°μ°λΆ(235)λ νλλ λ μ§λμΌ μ νΈλ₯Ό μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260) λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ‘λΆν° μΆλ ₯λ μμΈ‘ μ νΈ(μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘, μμΈ‘ μν μ΄λ μ΄)μ λν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ λ³΅μ μ νΈ(볡μ ν½μ², 볡μ λΈλ‘, 볡μ μν μ΄λ μ΄)λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μλ€. μ€ν΅ λͺ¨λκ° μ μ©λ κ²½μ°μ κ°μ΄ μ²λ¦¬ λμ λΈλ‘μ λν λ μ§λμΌμ΄ μλ κ²½μ°, μμΈ‘λ λΈλ‘μ΄ λ³΅μ λΈλ‘μΌλ‘ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€.The
κ°μ°λΆ(235)λ 볡μλΆ λλ 볡μ λΈλ‘ μμ±λΆλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μμ±λ 볡μ μ νΈλ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄ λ€μ μ²λ¦¬ λμ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μνμ¬ μ¬μ©λ μ μκ³ , νμ νλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ νν°λ§μ κ±°μ³μ λ€μ ν½μ²μ μΈν° μμΈ‘μ μνμ¬ μ¬μ©λ μλ μλ€. The
νν°λ§λΆ(240)λ 볡μ μ νΈμ νν°λ§μ μ μ©νμ¬ μ£Όκ΄μ /κ°κ΄μ νμ§μ ν₯μμν¬ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ νν°λ§λΆ(240)λ 볡μ ν½μ²μ λ€μν νν°λ§ λ°©λ²μ μ μ©νμ¬ μμ λ(modified) 볡μ ν½μ²λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° μμ λ 볡μ ν½μ²λ₯Ό λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(250), ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘ λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(250)μ DPBμ μ μ‘ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° λ€μν νν°λ§ λ°©λ²μ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λλΈλ‘νΉ νν°λ§, μν μ μμ μ€νμ
(sample adaptive offset), μ μμ 루ν νν°(adaptive loop filter), μλ°©ν₯ νν°(bilateral filter) λ±μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. The
λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(250)μ DPBμ μ μ₯λ (μμ λ) 볡μ ν½μ²λ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260)μμ μ°Έμ‘° ν½μ³λ‘ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(250)λ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄ μμ§μ μ λ³΄κ° λμΆλ(λλ λμ½λ©λ) λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ 보 λ°/λλ μ΄λ―Έ 볡μλ ν½μ² λ΄ λΈλ‘λ€μ μμ§μ μ 보λ₯Ό μ μ₯ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μ μ₯λ μμ§μ μ 보λ 곡κ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ 보 λλ μκ°μ μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μ λ³΄λ‘ νμ©νκΈ° μνμ¬ μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260)μ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬(170)λ νμ¬ ν½μ² λ΄ λ³΅μλ λΈλ‘λ€μ 볡μ μνλ€μ μ μ₯ν μ μκ³ , μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)μ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€.The (modified) reconstructed picture stored in the DPB of the
λ³Έ λͺ
μΈμμμ, μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(100)μ νν°λ§λΆ(160), μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(180) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)μμ μ€λͺ
λ μ€μμλ€μ κ°κ° λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(200)μ νν°λ§λΆ(240), μΈν° μμΈ‘λΆ(260) λ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)μλ λμΌ λλ λμλλλ‘ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.In the present specification, the embodiments described by the
Block PartitioningBlock Partitioning
λ³Έ λ¬Έμμ λ°λ₯Έ λΉλμ€/μμ μ½λ© λ°©λ²μ λ€μν μΈλΆ κΈ°μ λ€μ κΈ°λ°νμ¬ μνλ μ μμΌλ©°, κ°κ°μ μΈλΆ κΈ°μ λ€μ κ°λ΅μ μΌλ‘ μ€λͺ νλ©΄ λ€μκ³Ό κ°λ€. μ΄ν μ€λͺ λλ κΈ°μ λ€μ μμ ν λ°/λλ νμ λλ λΉλμ€/μμ μΈμ½λ©/λμ½λ© μ μ°¨μμμ μμΈ‘, λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬((μ)λ³ν, (μ)μμν λ±), μ ν μ€ μμ μ½λ©, νν°λ§, νν°μ λ/λΆν λ±μ κ΄λ ¨ μ μ°¨μ μ°κ΄λ μ μμμ λΉμ μμκ² μλͺ νλ€.The video / image coding method according to this document may be performed based on various detailed techniques, and each detailed technique will be described as follows. Techniques described below include prediction, residual processing ((inverse) transformation, (inverse) quantization, etc.), syntax element coding, filtering, partitioning / division, etc. in the video / image encoding / decoding procedures described above and / or described below. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that they may be involved in related procedures.
λ³Έ λ¬Έμμ λ°λ₯Έ λΈλ‘ νν°μ
λ μ μ°¨λ μμ ν μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μμ λΆν λΆ(110)μμ μνλμ΄, νν°μ
λ κ΄λ ¨ μ λ³΄κ° μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μμ (μΈμ½λ©) μ²λ¦¬λμ΄ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ‘ μ λ¬λ μ μλ€. λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μνΈλ‘νΌ λμ½λ©λΆ(210)λ μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦ΌμΌλ‘λΆν° νλν μκΈ° νν°μ
λ κ΄λ ¨ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ νμ¬ ν½μ²μ λΈλ‘ νν°μ
λ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό λμΆνκ³ , μ΄λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμ λμ½λ©μ μν μΌλ ¨μ μ μ°¨(ex. μμΈ‘, λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬, λΈλ‘ 볡μ, μΈλ£¨ν νν°λ§ λ±)μ μνν μ μλ€.The block partitioning procedure according to this document may be performed by the
Partitioning of picture into CTUsPartitioning of picture into CTUs
ν½μ²λ€μ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ μ λλ€ (CTUs)μ μνμ€λ‘ λΆν λ (divided into a sequence) μ μλ€. CTUλ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ λΈλ‘(CTB)μ λμλ μ μλ€. νΉμ CTUλ λ£¨λ§ μνλ€μ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ λΈλ‘κ³Ό, λμνλ ν¬λ‘λ§ μνλ€μ λκ°μ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ λΈλ‘λ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λ€μ λ§νλ©΄, μΈκ°μ§ μν μ΄λ μ΄λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ ν½μ²μ λνμ¬, CTUλ λ£¨λ§ μνλ€μ NxN λΈλ‘κ³Ό ν¬λ‘λ§ μνλ€μ λκ°μ λμ λΈλ‘λ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€.Pictures can be divided into a sequence of coding tree units (CTUs). The CTU may correspond to a coding tree block (CTB). Alternatively, the CTU may include a coding tree block of luma samples and two coding tree blocks of corresponding chroma samples. In other words, for a picture that includes three sample arrays, the CTU may include an N Γ N block of luma samples and two corresponding blocks of chroma samples.
μ½λ© λ° μμΈ‘ λ±μ μν CTUμ μ΅λ νμ© μ¬μ΄μ¦λ λ³νμ μν CTUμ μ΅λ νμ© μ¬μ΄μ¦μ λ€λ₯Ό μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, CTU λ΄ λ£¨λ§ λΈλ‘μ μ΅λ νμ© μ¬μ΄μ¦λ 128x128μΌ μ μλ€.The maximum allowable size of the CTU for coding and prediction may be different from the maximum allowable size of the CTU for transform. For example, the maximum allowable size of the luma block in the CTU may be 128x128.
Partitionig of the CTUs using a tree structurePartitionig of the CTUs using a tree structure
CTUλ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬(quad-tree, QT) ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ CUλ€λ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ μΏΌν°λ리(quaternary) νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μ΄λ λ€μν κ΅μ§μ νΉμ§(local characteristic)μ λ°μνκΈ° μν¨μ΄λ€. ννΈ, λ³Έ λ¬Έμμμλ CTUλ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ λΏ μλλΌ λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬(binary-tree, BT) λ° ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬(ternary-tree, TT)μ ν¬ν¨νλ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰 λΆν μ κΈ°λ°νμ¬ λΆν λ μ μλ€. μ΄ν, QTBT κ΅¬μ‘°λΌ ν¨μ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ λ° λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ κΈ°λ° λΆν ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , QTBTTTλΌ ν¨μ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬, λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λ° ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬ κΈ°λ° λΆν ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λλ, QTBT ꡬ쑰λ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬, λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λ° ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬ κΈ°λ° λΆν ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μλ μλ€. μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μμ, CUλ μ μ¬κ°ν λλ μ§μ¬κ°ν λͺ¨μμ κ°μ§ μ μλ€. CTUλ λ¨Όμ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ κ΅¬μ‘°λ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. μ΄ν μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ 리ν λ Έλλ€μ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ μνμ¬ μΆκ°μ μΌλ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. The CTU may be divided into CUs based on a quad-tree (QT) structure. The quadtree structure may be referred to as a quaternary tree structure. This is to reflect various local characteristics. Meanwhile, in the present document, the CTU may be divided based on a multitype tree structure partition including a binary tree (BT) and a ternary tree (TT) as well as a quad tree. Hereinafter, the QTBT structure may include a quadtree and binary tree based partition structure, and the QTBTTT may include a quadtree, binary tree, and ternary tree based partition structure. Alternatively, the QTBT structure may include a quadtree, binary tree and ternary tree based partitioning structure. In a coding tree structure, a CU may have a square or rectangular shape. The CTU may first be divided into quadtree structures. After that, the leaf nodes of the quadtree structure may be further divided by the multitype tree structure.
λ 3μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ μΌ μλ₯Ό λνλ΄λ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention can be applied.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μΌ μ€μμμμ, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ λ 3μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ 4κ°μ λΆν νμ μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° 4κ°μ λΆν νμ μ μμ§ λ°μ΄λ리 λΆν (vertical binary splitting, SPLIT_BT_VER), μν λ°μ΄λ리 λΆν (horizontal binary splitting, SPLIT_BT_HOR), μμ§ ν°λ리 λΆν (vertical ternary splitting, SPLIT_TT_VER), μν ν°λ리 λΆν (horizontal ternary splitting, SPLIT_TT_HOR)μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ 리ν λ Έλλ€μ CUλ€μ΄λΌκ³ λΆλ¦¬ μ μλ€. μ΄λ¬ν CUλ€μ μμΈ‘ λ° λ³ν μ μ°¨λ₯Ό μνμ¬ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. λ³Έ λ¬Έμμμ μΌλ°μ μΌλ‘ CU, PU, TUλ λμΌν λΈλ‘ μ¬μ΄μ¦λ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€. λ€λ§, μ΅λ νμ© λ³ν κΈΈμ΄(maximum supported transform length )κ° CUμ μ»¬λ¬ μ±λΆ(colour component)μ λλΉ λλ λμ΄λ³΄λ€ μμ κ²½μ°μλ CUμ TUκ° μλ‘ λ€λ₯Έ λΈλ‘ μ¬μ΄μ¦λ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€.In one embodiment of the present invention, the multitype tree structure may include four partition types as shown in FIG. The four types of split include vertical binary splitting (SPLIT_BT_VER), horizontal binary splitting (SPLIT_BT_HOR), vertical ternary splitting (SPLIT_TT_VER), and horizontal ternary splitting (SPLIT_TT_HOR). ) May be included. Leaf nodes of the multitype tree structure may be called CUs. These CUs can be used for prediction and transform procedures. In general, CU, PU, and TU may have the same block size in this document. However, when the maximum supported transform length is smaller than the width or height of the color component of the CU, the CU and the TU may have different block sizes.
λ 4λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°νλ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬(quadtree with nested multi-type tree) ꡬ쑰μ νν°μ λΆν μ 보μ μκ·Έλλ§ λ©μ»€λμ¦μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a signaling mechanism of partition partition information of a quadtree with nested multi-type tree structure according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
μ¬κΈ°μ, CTUλ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬μ 루νΈ(root)λ‘ μ·¨κΈλλ©°, μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ κ΅¬μ‘°λ‘ μ²μμΌλ‘ νν°μ λλλ€. κ° μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ 리ν λ Έλλ μ΄ν λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ κ΅¬μ‘°λ‘ λ νν°μ λλ μ μλ€. λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μμ, μ 1 νλκ·Έ(a first flag, ex. mtt_split_cu_flag)κ° ν΄λΉ λ Έλκ° μΆκ°μ μΌλ‘ νν°μ λλλμ§λ₯Ό μ§μνκΈ° μνμ¬ μκ·Έλλ§λλ€. λ§μ½ ν΄λΉ λ Έλκ° μΆκ°μ μΌλ‘ νν°μ λλλ κ²½μ°, μ 2 νλκ·Έ(a second flag, ex. mtt_split_cu_verticla_flag)κ° λΆν λ°©ν₯(splitting direction)μ μ§μνκΈ° μνμ¬ μκ·Έλλ§λ μ μλ€. κ·Έ ν μ 3 νλκ·Έ(a third flag, ex. mtt_split_cu_binary_flag)κ° λΆν νμ μ΄ λ°μ΄λ리 λΆν μΈμ§ ν°λ리 λΆν μΈμ§ μ¬λΆλ₯Ό μ§μνκΈ° μνμ¬ μκ·Έλλ§λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μκΈ° mtt_split_cu_vertical_flag λ° μκΈ° mtt_split_cu_binary_flagλ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘, CUμ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ λΆν λͺ¨λ(multi-type tree splitting mode, MttSplitMode)κ° λ€μ ν 1κ³Ό κ°μ΄ λμΆλ μ μλ€.Here, the CTU is treated as the root of the quadtree, and is partitioned for the first time into a quadtree structure. Each quadtree leaf node may then be further partitioned into a multitype tree structure. In the multitype tree structure, a first flag (ex. Mtt_split_cu_flag) is signaled to indicate whether the node is additionally partitioned. If the node is additionally partitioned, a second flag (ex. Mtt_split_cu_verticla_flag) may be signaled to indicate the splitting direction. Thereafter, a third flag (ex. Mtt_split_cu_binary_flag) may be signaled to indicate whether the partition type is binary partition or ternary partition. For example, based on the mtt_split_cu_vertical_flag and the mtt_split_cu_binary_flag, a multi-type tree splitting mode (MttSplitMode) of a CU may be derived as shown in Table 1 below.
λ 5λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ λ° μλ°λλ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬(quadtree and nested multi-type tree) ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ CTUλ₯Ό λ€μ€ CUλ€λ‘ λΆν νλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a method of dividing a CTU into multiple CUs based on a quadtree and accompanying multi-type tree structure as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
μ¬κΈ°μ, λ³Όλ λΈλ‘ μ£μ§λ€(bold block edges)λ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ νν°μ λμ, λλ¨Έμ§ μ£μ§λ€μ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ νν°μ λμ λνλΈλ€. λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°ν μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ νν°μ μ 컨ν μΈ -μ΄λν°λ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό μ 곡ν μ μλ€. CUλ μ½λ© λΈλ‘(CB)μ λμλ μ μλ€. νΉμ CUλ λ£¨λ§ μνλ€μ μ½λ© λΈλ‘κ³Ό, λμνλ ν¬λ‘λ§ μνλ€μ λκ°μ μ½λ© λΈλ‘λ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. CUμ μ¬μ΄μ¦λ CTUλ§νΌ ν΄ μλ μκ³ , λλ λ£¨λ§ μν λ¨μμμ 4x4 λ§νΌ μμ μλ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 4:2:0 μ»¬λ¬ ν¬λ©§(or ν¬λ‘λ§ ν¬λ©§)μΈ κ²½μ°, μ΅λ ν¬λ‘λ§ CB μ¬μ΄μ¦λ 64x64μ΄κ³ μ΅μ ν¬λ‘λ§ CB μ¬μ΄μ¦λ 2x2μΌ μ μλ€.Here, bold block edges represent quadtree partitioning and the remaining edges represent multitype tree partitioning. Quadtree partitions involving a multitype tree can provide a content-adapted coding tree structure. The CU may correspond to a coding block (CB). Alternatively, the CU may include a coding block of luma samples and two coding blocks of corresponding chroma samples. The size of a CU may be as large as CTU, or may be cut by 4 Γ 4 in luma sample units. For example, in the 4: 2: 0 color format (or chroma format), the maximum chroma CB size may be 64x64 and the minimum chroma CB size may be 2x2.
λ³Έ λ¬Έμμμ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μ΅λ νμ© λ£¨λ§ TB μ¬μ΄μ¦λ 64x64μ΄κ³ , μ΅λ νμ© ν¬λ‘λ§ TB μ¬μ΄μ¦λ 32x32μΌ μ μλ€. λ§μ½ μκΈ° νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ λ°λΌ λΆν λ CBμ λλΉ λλ λμ΄κ° μ΅λ λ³ν λλΉ λλ λμ΄λ³΄λ€ ν° κ²½μ°, ν΄λΉ CBλ μλμ μΌλ‘(λλ 묡μμ μΌλ‘) μν λ° μμ§ λ°©ν₯μ TB μ¬μ΄μ¦ μ νμ λ§μ‘±ν λκΉμ§ λΆν λ μ μλ€. For example, in this document, the maximum allowable luma TB size may be 64x64 and the maximum allowable chroma TB size may be 32x32. If the width or height of the CB divided according to the tree structure is larger than the maximum transform width or height, the CB may be automatically (or implicitly) split until the TB size limit in the horizontal and vertical directions is satisfied.
ννΈ, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°ν μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ μ€ν΄μ μνμ¬, λ€μ νλΌλ―Έν°λ€μ΄ SPS μ ν μ€ μμλ‘ μ μ λ° μλ³λ μ μλ€.Meanwhile, for a quadtree coding tree scheme involving a multitype tree, the following parameters may be defined and identified as SPS syntax elements.
- CTU size: the root node size of a quaternary treeCTU size: the root node size of a quaternary tree
- MinQTSize: the minimum allowed quaternary tree leaf node sizeMinQTSize: the minimum allowed quaternary tree leaf node size
- MaxBtSize: the maximum allowed binary tree root node sizeMaxBtSize: the maximum allowed binary tree root node size
- MaxTtSize: the maximum allowed ternary tree root node sizeMaxTtSize: the maximum allowed ternary tree root node size
- MaxMttDepth: the maximum allowed hierarchy depth of multi-type tree splitting from a quadtree leafMaxMttDepth: the maximum allowed hierarchy depth of multi-type tree splitting from a quadtree leaf
- MinBtSize: the minimum allowed binary tree leaf node sizeMinBtSize: the minimum allowed binary tree leaf node size
- MinTtSize: the minimum allowed ternary tree leaf node sizeMinTtSize: the minimum allowed ternary tree leaf node size
λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°ν μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ μΌ μλ‘, CTU μ¬μ΄μ¦λ 128x128 λ£¨λ§ μνλ€ λ° λκ°μ λμνλ ν¬λ‘λ§ μνλ€μ 64x64 λΈλ‘λ€λ‘ μ€μ λ μ μλ€(4:2:0 ν¬λ‘λ§ ν¬λ©§μμ). μ΄ κ²½μ°, MinOTSizeλ 16x16μΌλ‘ μ€μ λκ³ , MaxBtSizeλ 128x128λ‘ μ€μ λκ³ , MaxTtSzieλ 64x64λ‘ μ€μ λκ³ , MinBtSize λ° MinTtSize (for both width and height)λ 4x4λ‘, κ·Έλ¦¬κ³ MaxMttDepthλ 4λ‘ μ€μ λ μ μλ€. μΏΌνΈνΈλ¦¬ νν°μ λμ CTUμ μ μ©λμ΄ μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ 리ν λ Έλλ€μ μμ±ν μ μλ€. μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ 리ν λ Έλλ 리ν QT λ ΈλλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ 리ν λ Έλλ€μ 16x16 μ¬μ΄μ¦ (i.e. the MinOTSize)λ‘λΆν° 128x128 μ¬μ΄μ¦(i.e. the CTU size)λ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€. λ§μ½ 리ν QT λ Έλκ° 128x128μΈ κ²½μ°, μΆκ°μ μΌλ‘ λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬/ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬λ‘ λΆν λμ§ μμ μ μλ€. μ΄λ μ΄ κ²½μ° λΆν λλλΌλ MaxBtsize λ° MaxTtszie (i.e. 64x64)λ₯Ό μ΄κ³ΌνκΈ° λλ¬Έμ΄λ€. μ΄ μΈμ κ²½μ°, 리ν QT λ Έλλ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ‘ μΆκ°μ μΌλ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. κ·Έλ¬λ―λ‘, 리ν QT λ Έλλ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬μ λν λ£¨νΈ λ Έλ(root node)μ΄κ³ , 리ν QT λ Έλλ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ λμ€(mttDepth) 0 κ°μ κ°μ§ μ μλ€. λ§μ½, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ λμ€κ° MaxMttdepth (ex. 4)μ λλ¬ν κ²½μ°, λ μ΄μ μΆκ° λΆν μ κ³ λ €λμ§ μμ μ μλ€. λ§μ½, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ λ Έλμ λλΉκ° MinBtSizeμ κ°κ³ , 2xMinTtSizeλ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ λ, λ μ΄μ μΆκ°μ μΈ μν λΆν μ κ³ λ €λμ§ μμ μ μλ€. λ§μ½, λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬ λ Έλμ λμ΄κ° MinBtSizeμ κ°κ³ , 2xMinTtSizeλ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ λ, λ μ΄μ μΆκ°μ μΈ μμ§ λΆν μ κ³ λ €λμ§ μμ μ μλ€.As an example of a quadtree coding tree structure involving a multitype tree, the CTU size may be set to 64x64 blocks of 128x128 luma samples and two corresponding chroma samples (in 4: 2: 0 chroma format). In this case, MinOTSize can be set to 16x16, MaxBtSize to 128x128, MaxTtSzie to 64x64, MinBtSize and MinTtSize (for both width and height) to 4x4, and MaxMttDepth to 4. Quarttree partitioning may be applied to the CTU to generate quadtree leaf nodes. The quadtree leaf node may be called a leaf QT node. Quadtree leaf nodes may have a 128x128 size (i.e. the CTU size) from a 16x16 size (i.e. the MinOTSize). If the leaf QT node is 128x128, it may not be additionally divided into a binary tree / a ternary tree. This is because in this case, even if split, it exceeds MaxBtsize and MaxTtszie (i.e. 64x64). In other cases, leaf QT nodes may be further partitioned into a multitype tree. Therefore, the leaf QT node is the root node for the multitype tree, and the leaf QT node may have a multitype tree depth (mttDepth) 0 value. If the multitype tree depth reaches MaxMttdepth (ex. 4), further splitting may not be considered further. If the width of the multitype tree node is equal to MinBtSize and less than or equal to 2xMinTtSize, then no further horizontal split may be considered. If the height of the multitype tree node is equal to MinBtSize and less than or equal to 2xMinTtSize, no further vertical split may be considered.
λ 6μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬(ternary-tree) λΆν μ μ ννλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a method of limiting ternary-tree splitting as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 6μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, νλμ¨μ΄ λμ½λμμμ 64x64 λ£¨λ§ λΈλ‘ λ° 32x32 ν¬λ‘λ§ νμ΄νλΌμΈ λμμΈμ νμ©νκΈ° μνμ¬, TT λΆν μ νΉμ κ²½μ° μ νλ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λ£¨λ§ μ½λ© λΈλ‘μ λλΉ λλ λμ΄κ° κΈ° μ€μ λ νΉμ κ°(μ컨λ, 32, 64)λ³΄λ€ ν° κ²½μ°, λ 6μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄, TT λΆν μ΄ μ νλ μ μλ€. With reference to FIG. 6, to allow for 64x64 luma blocks and 32x32 chroma pipeline designs in a hardware decoder, TT partitioning may be limited in certain cases. For example, when the width or height of the luma coding block is greater than a predetermined specific value (eg, 32 and 64), TT partitioning may be limited as shown in FIG. 6.
λ³Έ λ¬Έμμμ, μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ μ€ν΄μ λ£¨λ§ λ° ν¬λ‘λ§ λΈλ‘μ΄ κ°λ³μ (separate) λΈλ‘ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κ°μ§λ κ²μ μ§μν μ μλ€. P λ° B μ¬λΌμ΄μ€λ€μ λνμ¬, νλμ CTU λ΄ λ£¨λ§ λ° ν¬λ‘λ§ CTBλ€μ λμΌν μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κ°λλ‘ μ νλ μ μλ€. κ·Έλ¬λ, I μ¬λΌμ΄μ€λ€μ λνμ¬, λ£¨λ§ λ° ν¬λ‘λ§ λΈλ‘λ€μ μλ‘ κ°λ³μ λΈλ‘ νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€. λ§μ½ κ°λ³μ λΈλ‘ νΈλ¦¬ λͺ¨λκ° μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, λ£¨λ§ CTBλ νΉμ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ CUλ€λ‘ λΆν λκ³ , ν¬λ‘λ§ CTBλ λ€λ₯Έ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ ν¬λ‘λ§ CUλ€λ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. μ΄λ, I μ¬λΌμ΄μ€ λ΄ CUλ λ£¨λ§ μ±λΆμ μ½λ© λΈλ‘ λλ λ ν¬λ‘λ§ μ±λΆλ€μ μ½λ© λΈλ‘λ€λ‘ ꡬμ±λκ³ , P λλ B μ¬λΌμ΄μ€μ CUλ μΈκ°μ§ μ»¬λ¬ μ±λΆμ λΈλ‘λ€λ‘ ꡬμ±λ μ μμμ μλ―Έν μ μλ€.In this document, the coding tree scheme may support that the luma and chroma blocks have separate block tree structures. For P and B slices, luma and chroma CTBs in one CTU may be limited to have the same coding tree structure. However, for I slices, luma and chroma blocks may have a separate block tree structure from each other. If an individual block tree mode is applied, the luma CTB may be split into CUs based on a particular coding tree structure, and the chroma CTB may be split into chroma CUs based on another coding tree structure. This may mean that a CU in an I slice may consist of a coding block of a luma component or coding blocks of two chroma components, and a CU of a P or B slice may be composed of blocks of three color components.
μμ ν βPartitionig of the CTUs using a tree structureβμμ λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°ν μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ μ½λ© νΈλ¦¬ ꡬ쑰μ λνμ¬ μ€λͺ νμμΌλ, CUκ° λΆν λλ ꡬ쑰λ μ΄μ νμ λμ§ μλλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, BT ꡬ쑰 λ° TT ꡬ쑰λ λ€μ λΆν νΈλ¦¬ (Multiple Partitioning Tree, MPT) ꡬ쑰μ ν¬ν¨λλ κ°λ μΌλ‘ ν΄μλ μ μκ³ , CUλ QT ꡬ쑰 λ° MPT ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ λΆν λλ€κ³ ν΄μν μ μλ€. QT ꡬ쑰 λ° MPT ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ CUκ° λΆν λλ μΌ μμμ, QT ꡬ쑰μ 리ν λ Έλκ° λͺ κ°μ λΈλ‘μΌλ‘ λΆν λλμ§μ κ΄ν μ 보λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ μ νμ€ μμ(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, MPT_split_type) λ° QT ꡬ쑰μ 리ν λ Έλκ° μμ§κ³Ό μν μ€ μ΄λ λ°©ν₯μΌλ‘ λΆν λλμ§μ κ΄ν μ 보λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ μ νμ€ μμ(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, MPT_split_mode)κ° μκ·Έλλ§ λ¨μΌλ‘μ¨ λΆν κ΅¬μ‘°κ° κ²°μ λ μ μλ€.In the above-described "Partitionig of the CTUs using a tree structure", a quadtree coding tree structure involving a multitype tree has been described, but a structure in which a CU is divided is not limited thereto. For example, the BT structure and the TT structure may be interpreted as a concept included in a multiple partitioning tree (MPT) structure, and the CU may be interpreted to be divided through the QT structure and the MPT structure. In one example where a CU is split through a QT structure and an MPT structure, a syntax element (eg, MPT_split_type) that contains information about how many blocks the leaf node of the QT structure is divided into and the leaf node of the QT structure are vertical The partition structure may be determined by signaling a syntax element (eg, MPT_split_mode) including information about which direction is divided into and horizontally.
λ λ€λ₯Έ μμμ, CUλ QT ꡬ쑰, BT ꡬ쑰 λλ TT ꡬ쑰μ λ€λ₯Έ λ°©λ²μΌλ‘ λΆν λ μ μλ€. μ¦, QT ꡬ쑰μ λ°λΌ νμ λμ€μ CUκ° μμ λμ€μ CUμ 1/4 ν¬κΈ°λ‘ λΆν λκ±°λ, BT ꡬ쑰μ λ°λΌ νμ λμ€μ CUκ° μμ λμ€μ CUμ 1/2 ν¬κΈ°λ‘ λΆν λκ±°λ, TT ꡬ쑰μ λ°λΌ νμ λμ€μ CUκ° μμ λμ€μ CUμ 1/4 λλ 1/2 ν¬κΈ°λ‘ λΆν λλ κ²κ³Ό λ¬λ¦¬, νμ λμ€μ CUλ κ²½μ°μ λ°λΌ μμ λμ€μ CUμ 1/5, 1/3, 3/8, 3/5, 2/3 λλ 5/8 ν¬κΈ°λ‘ λΆν λ μ μμΌλ©°, CUκ° λΆν λλ λ°©λ²μ μ΄μ νμ λμ§ μλλ€.In another example, the CU may be partitioned in a different way than the QT structure, BT structure or TT structure. That is, according to the QT structure, the CU of the lower depth is divided into 1/4 size of the CU of the upper depth, or the CU of the lower depth is divided into 1/2 size of the CU of the upper depth according to the BT structure, or according to the TT structure. Unlike the CU of the lower depth is divided into 1/4 or 1/2 size of the CU of the upper depth, the CU of the lower depth is sometimes 1/5, 1/3, 3/8, 3 of the CU of the upper depth. It can be divided into / 5, 2/3 or 5/8 size, the way in which the CU is divided is not limited to this.
λ§μ½ νΈλ¦¬ λ Έλ λΈλ‘μ λΆλΆ(a portion)μ΄ νλ¨(bottom) λλ μ€λ₯Έμͺ½(right) ν½μ² λ°μ΄λ리λ₯Ό μ΄κ³Όνλ(exceeds) κ²½μ°, ν΄λΉ νΈλ¦¬ λ Έλ λΈλ‘μ λͺ¨λ μ½λ©λ CUμ λͺ¨λ μνλ€μ΄ μκΈ° ν½μ² λ°μ΄λλ¦¬λ€ λ΄μ μμΉνλλ‘ μ νλ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ° μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ λ€μκ³Ό κ°μ λΆν κ·μΉμ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.If a portion of a tree node block exceeds the bottom or right picture boundary, the tree node block is placed so that all samples of all coded CUs are located within the picture boundaries. May be limited. In this case, for example, the following division rule may be applied.
- If a portion of a tree node block exceeds both the bottom and the right picture boundaries,-If a portion of a tree node block exceeds both the bottom and the right picture boundaries,
- If the block is a QT node and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.-If the block is a QT node and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.
- Otherwise, the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_HOR mode-Otherwise, the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_HOR mode
- Otherwise if a portion of a tree node block exceeds the bottom picture boundaries,-Otherwise if a portion of a tree node block exceeds the bottom picture boundaries,
- If the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size, and the size of the block is larger than the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.-If the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size, and the size of the block is larger than the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.
- Otherwise, if the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size and the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode or SPLIT_BT_HOR mode.-Otherwise, if the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size and the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode or SPLIT_BT_HOR mode.
- Otherwise (the block is a BTT node or the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the minimum QT size), the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_HOR mode.-Otherwise (the block is a BTT node or the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the minimum QT size), the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_HOR mode.
- Otherwise if a portion of a tree node block exceeds the right picture boundaries,-Otherwise if a portion of a tree node block exceeds the right picture boundaries,
- If the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size, and the size of the block is larger than the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.-If the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size, and the size of the block is larger than the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode.
- Otherwise, if the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size and the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode or SPLIT_BT_VER mode.-Otherwise, if the block is a QT node, and the size of the block is larger than the minimum QT size and the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the maximum BT size, the block is forced to be split with QT split mode or SPLIT_BT_VER mode.
- Otherwise (the block is a BTT node or the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the minimum QT size), the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_VER mode.-Otherwise (the block is a BTT node or the size of the block is smaller than or equal to the minimum QT size), the block is forced to be split with SPLIT_BT_VER mode.
ννΈ, μμ ν λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬λ₯Ό μλ°ν μΏΌλνΈλ¦¬ μ½λ© λΈλ‘ ꡬ쑰λ λ§€μ° μ μ°ν λΈλ‘ νν°μ λ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό μ 곡ν μ μλ€. λ©ν°νμ νΈλ¦¬μ μ§μλλ λΆν νμ λ€ λλ¬Έμ, λ€λ₯Έ λΆν ν¨ν΄λ€μ΄ κ²½μ°μ λ°λΌμ μ μ¬μ μΌλ‘ λμΌν μ½λ© λΈλ‘ ꡬ쑰 κ²°κ³Όλ₯Ό κ°μ Έμ¬ μ μλ€. μ΄λ¬ν 리λλνΈ(redundant)ν λΆν ν¨ν΄λ€μ λ°μμ μ νν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ νν°μ λ μ 보μ λ°μ΄ν°λμ μ€μΌ μ μλ€. μλμ λλ©΄μ μ°Έμ‘°νμ¬ μ€λͺ νλ€.On the other hand, the quadtree coded block structure with the multi-type tree described above can provide a very flexible block partitioning structure. Because of the partition types supported in a multitype tree, different partition patterns can sometimes lead to potentially identical coding block structure results. By limiting the occurrence of such redundant partition patterns, the data amount of partitioning information can be reduced. It demonstrates with reference to the following drawings.
λ 7μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μ€μμλ‘μ, λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν λ° ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν μμ λ°μν μ μλ 리λλνΈ λΆν ν¨ν΄λ€μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating redundant division patterns that may occur in binary tree division and ternary tree division, as an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 7μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄, 2λ¨κ³ λ 벨μ ν λ°©ν₯μ λν μ°μμ μΈ λ°μ΄λ리 λΆν (two levels of consecutive binary splits in one direction)μ, ν°λ리 λΆν μ΄ν μΌν° νν°μ μ λν λ°μ΄λ리 λΆν κ³Ό λμΌν μ½λ© λΈλ‘ ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κ°λλ€. μ΄λ¬ν κ²½μ°, ν°λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν μ μΌν° νν°μ μ λν λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν (in the given direction)μ μ νλ μ μλ€. μ΄λ¬ν μ νλ λͺ¨λ ν½μ²λ€μ CUλ€μ λνμ¬ μ μ©λ μ μλ€. μ΄λ¬ν νΉμ λΆν μ΄ μ νλλ κ²½μ°, λμνλ μ ν μ€ μμλ€μ μκ·Έλλ§μ μ΄λ¬ν μ νλλ κ²½μ°λ₯Ό λ°μνμ¬ μμ λ μ μκ³ , μ΄λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ νν°μ λμ μνμ¬ μκ·Έλλ§λλ λΉνΈμλ₯Ό μ€μΌ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λ 7μ λμλ μμ κ°μ΄, CUμ μΌν° νν°μ μ λν λ°μ΄λ리 νΈλ¦¬ λΆν μ΄ μ νλλ κ²½μ°, λΆν μ΄ λ°μ΄λ리 λΆν μΈμ§ ν λ리 λΆν μΈμ§ μ¬λΆλ₯Ό κ°λ¦¬ν€λ mtt_split_cu_binary_flag μ ν μ€ μμλ μκ·Έλλ§λμ§ μκ³ , κ·Έ κ°μ 0μΌλ‘ λμ½λμ μνμ¬ μΆλ‘ λ μ μλ€.As shown in FIG. 7, two levels of consecutive binary splits in one direction have the same coding block structure as the binary split for the center partition after the ternary split. . In this case, the binary tree split in the given direction for the center partition of the ternary tree split may be limited. This restriction can be applied for CUs of all pictures. If this particular partitioning is restricted, the signaling of the corresponding syntax elements can be modified to reflect this limited case, thereby reducing the number of bits signaled for partitioning. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, when the binary tree split for the center partition of the CU is restricted, the mtt_split_cu_binary_flag syntax element indicating whether the split is a binary split or a tenary split is not signaled, and its value is Can be inferred by the decoder to zero.
μμΈ‘(prediction)Prediction
λμ½λ©μ΄ μνλλ νμ¬ μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ 볡μνκΈ° μν΄μ νμ¬ μ²λ¦¬ μ λμ΄ ν¬ν¨λ νμ¬ ν½μ³ λλ λ€λ₯Έ ν½μ³λ€μ λμ½λ©λ λΆλΆμ μ΄μ©ν μ μλ€. The decoded portion of the current picture or other pictures in which the current processing unit is included may be used to reconstruct the current processing unit in which decoding is performed.
볡μμ νμ¬ ν½μ³λ§μ μ΄μ©νλ, μ¦ νλ©΄λ΄ μμΈ‘λ§μ μννλ ν½μ³(μ¬λΌμ΄μ€)λ₯Ό μΈνΈλΌ ν½μ³ λλ I ν½μ³(μ¬λΌμ΄μ€), κ° μ λμ μμΈ‘νκΈ° μνμ¬ μ΅λ νλμ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ° λ νΌλ°μ€ μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νλ ν½μ³(μ¬λΌμ΄μ€)λ₯Ό μμΈ‘ ν½μ³(predictive picture) λλ P ν½μ³(μ¬λΌμ΄μ€), μ΅λ λ κ°μ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ° λ νΌλ°μ€ μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νλ ν½μ³(μ¬λΌμ΄μ€)λ₯Ό μμμΈ‘ ν½μ³(Bi-predictive picture) λλ B ν½μ³(μ¬λΌμ΄μ€)λΌκ³ μ§μΉν μ μλ€. Intra picture or I picture (slice), which uses only the current picture for reconstruction, i.e. performs only intra picture prediction, predicts a picture (slice) using at most one motion vector and reference index to predict each unit A picture using a predictive picture or P picture (slice), up to two motion vectors, and a reference index (slice) may be referred to as a bi-predictive picture or a B picture (slice).
μΈν° μμΈ‘μ νμ¬ ν½μ³ μ΄μΈμ ν½μ³μ λ°μ΄ν° μμ(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μν κ° λλ μμ§μ λ²‘ν° λ±)μ κΈ°λ°νμ¬ νμ¬ μ²λ¦¬ λΈλ‘μ λμΆνλ μμΈ‘ λ°©λ²μ μλ―Ένλ€. μ¦, νμ¬ ν½μ³ μ΄μΈμ 볡μλ λ€λ₯Έ ν½μ³ λ΄μ 볡μλ μμλ€μ μ°Έμ‘°νμ¬ νμ¬ μ²λ¦¬ λΈλ‘μ ν½μ κ°μ μμΈ‘νλ λ°©λ²μ μλ―Ένλ€.Inter prediction means a prediction method of deriving a current processing block based on data elements (eg, sample values or motion vectors, etc.) of pictures other than the current picture. That is, a method of predicting pixel values of the current processing block by referring to reconstructed regions in other reconstructed pictures other than the current picture.
μ΄ν, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(λλ νλ©΄ λ΄ μμΈ‘)μ λνμ¬ λ³΄λ€ μμΈν μ΄ν΄λ³Έλ€.Hereinafter, intra prediction (or intra prediction) will be described in more detail.
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(Intra prediction)(λλ νλ©΄ λ΄ μμΈ‘)Intra prediction (or intra prediction)
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ λμΌν λμ½λ©λ ν½μ³(λλ μ¬λΌμ΄μ€)μ λ°μ΄ν° μμ(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μν κ° λ±)μΌλ‘λΆν° νμ¬ μ²λ¦¬ λΈλ‘μ λμΆνλ μμΈ‘ λ°©λ²μ μλ―Ένλ€. μ¦, νμ¬ ν½μ³ λ΄μ 볡μλ μμλ€μ μ°Έμ‘°νμ¬ νμ¬ μ²λ¦¬ λΈλ‘μ ν½μ κ°μ μμΈ‘νλ λ°©λ²μ μλ―Ένλ€. Intra prediction means a prediction method that derives the current processing block from data elements (eg, sample values, etc.) of the same decoded picture (or slice). That is, a method of predicting pixel values of the current processing block by referring to reconstructed regions in the current picture.
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ΄ μνλ ν½μ²(μ΄ν, νμ¬ ν½μ²) λ΄μ νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μΈλΆμ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ μμΈ‘μ λνλΌ μ μλ€.Intra prediction may indicate prediction for generating a prediction sample for a current block based on reference samples outside the current block in a picture to which the current block belongs (hereinafter, referred to as a current picture).
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μμ λ 1 λ° λ 2μμ μ€λͺ ν μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λ°©λ²μ μΈλΆ κΈ°μ μ μ€λͺ νλ κ²μΌλ‘ λμ½λμ κ²½μ° νμ νλ λ 10μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ κΈ°λ° λΉλμ€/μμ λμ½λ© λ°©λ² λ° λ 11μ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ‘ λνλΌ μ μλ€. λλΆμ΄ μΈμ½λμ κ²½μ°, νμ νλ λ 8μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ κΈ°λ° λΉλμ€/μμ μΈμ½λ© λ°©λ² λ° λ 9μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ‘ λνλΌ μ μλ€. λνμ¬, λ 8 λ° λ 9μ μν΄ μΈμ½λ©λ λ°μ΄ν°λ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ ννλ‘ μ μ₯λ μ μλ€.The present invention describes the detailed description of the intra prediction method described above with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2, and the decoder may be represented by the intra prediction-based video / image decoding method of FIG. 10 described later and the intra prediction unit in the decoding apparatus of FIG. 11. . In addition, the encoder may be represented by the intra prediction-based video / video encoding method of FIG. 8 and the intra prediction unit in the encoding apparatus of FIG. 9. In addition, the data encoded by FIGS. 8 and 9 may be stored in the form of a bitstream.
νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ¬μ©ν μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ΄ λμΆλ μ μλ€. μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ nWxnH ν¬κΈ°μ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ’μΈ‘(left) κ²½κ³μ μΈμ ν μν λ° μ’νμΈ‘(bottom-left)μ μ΄μνλ μ΄ 2xnH κ°μ μνλ€, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘(top) κ²½κ³μ μΈμ ν μν λ° μ°μμΈ‘(top-right)μ μ΄μνλ μ΄ 2xnW κ°μ μνλ€ λ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ’μμΈ‘(top-left)μ μ΄μνλ 1κ°μ μνμ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λλ, μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ 볡μμ΄μ μμΈ‘ μ£Όλ³ μνλ€ λ° λ³΅μνμ μ’μΈ‘ μ£Όλ³ μνλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μλ μλ€. λν, μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ nWxnH ν¬κΈ°μ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ°μΈ‘(right) κ²½κ³μ μΈμ ν μ΄ nH κ°μ μνλ€, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ νμΈ‘(bottom) κ²½κ³μ μΈμ ν μ΄ nW κ°μ μνλ€ λ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ°νμΈ‘(bottom-right)μ μ΄μνλ 1κ°μ μνμ ν¬ν¨ν μλ μλ€. When intra prediction is applied to the current block, peripheral reference samples to be used for intra prediction of the current block may be derived. The peripheral reference samples of the current block are samples adjacent to the left boundary of the current block of size nWxnH and a total of 2xnH samples neighboring the bottom-left, and samples adjacent to the top boundary of the current block. And a total of 2xnW samples neighboring the top-right and one sample neighboring the top-left of the current block. Alternatively, the peripheral reference samples of the current block may include a plurality of upper peripheral samples and a plurality of left peripheral samples. In addition, the peripheral reference samples of the current block are a total of nH samples adjacent to the right boundary of the current block of size nWxnH, a total of nW samples adjacent to the bottom boundary of the current block and the lower right side of the current block. It may include one sample neighboring (bottom-right).
λ€λ§, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€ μΌλΆλ μμ§ λμ½λ©λμ§ μμκ±°λ, μ΄μ© κ°λ₯νμ§ μμ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ°, λμ½λλ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μνλ€λ‘ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯νμ§ μμ μνλ€μ λ체(substitution)νμ¬ μμΈ‘μ μ¬μ©ν μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ ꡬμ±ν μ μλ€. λλ, μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μνλ€μ 보κ°(interpolation)μ ν΅νμ¬ μμΈ‘μ μ¬μ©ν μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ ꡬμ±ν μ μλ€.However, some of the peripheral reference samples of the current block may not be decoded yet or available. In this case, the decoder may construct the surrounding reference samples to use for prediction by substituting the samples that are not available with the available samples. Alternatively, peripheral reference samples to be used for prediction may be configured through interpolation of the available samples.
μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ΄ λμΆλ κ²½μ°, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³(neighboring) μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ νκ· (average) νΉμ μΈν°ν΄λ μ΄μ (interpolation)μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμΈ‘ μνμ μ λν μ μκ³ , (ii) νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€ μμΈ‘ μνμ λνμ¬ νΉμ (μμΈ‘) λ°©ν₯μ μ‘΄μ¬νλ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μνμ μ λν μλ μλ€. (i)μ κ²½μ°λ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λ λλ λΉκ°λ λͺ¨λ, (ii)μ κ²½μ°λ λ°©ν₯μ±(directional) λͺ¨λ λλ κ°λ(angular) λͺ¨λλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. λν, μκΈ° μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ κΈ°μ€μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λ°λ λ°©ν₯μ μμΉνλ μκΈ° μ 2 μ£Όλ³ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 1 μ£Όλ³ μνκ³Όμ 보κ°μ ν΅νμ¬ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μνμ΄ μμ±λ μλ μλ€. μμ ν κ²½μ°λ μ ν λ³΄κ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(Linear interpolation intra prediction, LIP) μ΄λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. λν, νν°λ§λ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμ μμΈ‘ μνμ λμΆνκ³ , μκΈ° κΈ°μ‘΄μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€, μ¦, νν°λ§λμ§ μμ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°λΌ λμΆλ μ μ΄λ νλμ μ°Έμ‘° μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μμ μμΈ‘ μνμ κ°μ€ν©(weighted sum)νμ¬ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ λμΆν μλ μλ€. μμ ν κ²½μ°λ PDPC(Position dependent intra prediction) λΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. ννΈ, νμμ λ°λΌμ λμΆλ μμΈ‘ μνμ λν νμ²λ¦¬ νν°λ§μ΄ μνλ μλ μλ€.When the neighbor reference samples are derived, the prediction sample can be derived based on the average or interpolation of neighboring reference samples of the current block, and (ii) the prediction among the neighbor reference samples of the current block. The prediction sample may be derived based on a reference sample present in a specific (prediction) direction with respect to the sample. In case of (i), it may be called non-directional mode or non-angle mode, and in case of (ii), it may be called directional mode or angular mode. The interpolation between the second neighboring sample and the first neighboring sample located in a direction opposite to the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode of the current block based on the prediction sample of the current block among the neighboring reference samples may be performed. Prediction samples may be generated. The above case may be referred to as linear interpolation intra prediction (LIP). In addition, a temporary prediction sample of the current block is derived based on filtered neighbor reference samples, and at least one of the existing neighbor reference samples, that is, unfiltered neighbor reference samples, derived according to the intra prediction mode. A weighted sum of a reference sample and the temporary prediction sample may be used to derive the prediction sample of the current block. The above case may be referred to as position dependent intra prediction (PDPC). Meanwhile, post-processing filtering may be performed on the predicted sample derived as needed.
ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ μ μ°¨λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ λ¨κ³, μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μν λμΆ λ¨κ³, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κΈ°λ° μμΈ‘ μν λμΆ λ¨κ³λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λν, νμμ λ°λΌμ λμΆλ μμΈ‘ μνμ λν νμ²λ¦¬ νν°λ§(post-filtering) λ¨κ³κ° μνλ μλ μλ€. In detail, the intra prediction procedure may include an intra prediction mode determination step, a peripheral reference sample derivation step, and an intra prediction mode based prediction sample derivation step. In addition, a post-filtering step may be performed on the predicted sample derived as needed.
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ κΈ°λ°ν λΉλμ€/μμ μΈμ½λ© μ μ°¨ λ° μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ κ°λ΅μ μΌλ‘ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ λ€μμ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€.A video / image encoding procedure based on intra prediction and an intra prediction unit in the encoding apparatus may roughly include, for example, the following.
λ 8 λ° λ 9λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ κΈ°λ° λΉλμ€/μμ μΈμ½λ© λ°©λ² λ° λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ₯Ό μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.8 and 9 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image encoding method and an intra prediction unit in an encoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
λ 8 λ° λ 9λ₯Ό μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, S801μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)μ μνμ¬ μνλ μ μκ³ , S802λ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬λΆμ μνμ¬ μνλ μ μλ€. ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘, S802μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ κ°μ°λΆ(115)μ μνμ¬ μνλ μ μλ€. S803μμ μμΈ‘ μ 보λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)μ μνμ¬ λμΆλκ³ , μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μ μνμ¬ μΈμ½λ©λ μ μλ€. S803μμ λ μ§λμΌ μ 보λ λ μ§λμΌ μ²λ¦¬λΆμ μνμ¬ λμΆλκ³ , μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μ μνμ¬ μΈμ½λ©λ μ μλ€. μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μ 보λ μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ κ΄ν μ 보μ΄λ€. μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μ 보λ μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ λν μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ κ΄ν μ 보λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. 8 and 9, S801 may be performed by the
μμ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄ μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ λ³νλΆ(120)λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ λ³ν κ³μλ€λ‘ λμΆλκ³ , μκΈ° λ³ν κ³μλ€μ μμνλΆ(130)λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€λ‘ λμΆλ μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμνλ λ³ν κ³μλ€μ κ΄ν μ λ³΄κ° λ μ§λμΌ μ½λ© μ μ°¨λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μνΈλ‘νΌ μΈμ½λ©λΆ(190)μμ μΈμ½λ©λ μ μλ€. As described above, the residual samples may be derived as transform coefficients through the
μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μννλ€(S801). μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό λμΆνκ³ , νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ λμΆν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° μκΈ° μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄ μμΈ‘ μνλ€μ μμ±νλ€. μ¬κΈ°μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ , μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ λ(μΆ λ° μμΈ‘ μνλ€ μμ± μ μ°¨λ λμμ μνλ μλ μκ³ , μ΄λ ν μ μ°¨κ° λ€λ₯Έ μ μ°¨λ³΄λ€ λ¨Όμ μνλ μλ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ λΆ(186), μ°Έμ‘° μν λμΆλΆ(187), μμΈ‘ μν λμΆλΆ(188)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μμΌλ©°, μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ λΆ(186)μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ νκ³ , μ°Έμ‘° μν λμΆλΆ(187)μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ λμΆνκ³ , μμΈ‘ μν λμΆλΆ(188)μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμ§μ μνλ€μ λμΆν μ μλ€. ννΈ, λΉλ‘ λμλμ§λ μμμ§λ§, νμ νλ μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨κ° μνλλ κ²½μ°, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(185)λ μμΈ‘ μν νν°λΆ(λ―Έλμ)λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μλ μλ€. μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ 볡μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€ μ€ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λνμ¬ μ μ©λλ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ ν μ μλ€. μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ λν RD costλ₯Ό λΉκ΅νκ³ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μ΅μ μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ ν μ μλ€. The encoding apparatus performs intra prediction on the current block (S801). The encoding apparatus may derive an intra prediction mode for the current block, derive the peripheral reference samples of the current block, and generate the prediction samples in the current block based on the intra prediction mode and the peripheral reference samples. Here, the intra prediction mode determination, the peripheral reference samples (the procedure of generating the prediction and the prediction samples may be performed simultaneously or one procedure may be performed before the other procedure. For example, the intra prediction unit of the encoding apparatus ( 185 may include a prediction mode determiner 186, a reference sample derivator 187, and a
ννΈ, μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨λ₯Ό μνν μλ μλ€. μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§μ ν¬μ€νΈ νν°λ§μ΄λΌ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨μ μνμ¬ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μνλ€ μ€ μΌλΆ λλ μ λΆκ° νν°λ§λ μ μλ€. κ²½μ°μ λ°λΌ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨λ μλ΅λ μ μλ€. Meanwhile, the encoding apparatus may perform a prediction sample filtering procedure. Predictive sample filtering may be referred to as post filtering. Some or all of the prediction samples may be filtered by the prediction sample filtering procedure. In some cases, the prediction sample filtering procedure may be omitted.
μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ (νν°λ§λ) μμΈ‘ μνμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ μμ±νλ€(S802). μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό λνλ΄λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보 λ° μκΈ° λ λμΌ μνλ€μ κ΄ν λ μ§λμΌ μ 보λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ μμ μ 보λ₯Ό μΈμ½λ©ν μ μλ€(S803). μΈμ½λ©λ μμ μ 보λ₯Ό λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ μΆλ ₯λ μ μλ€. μΆλ ₯λ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μ μ₯맀체 λλ λ€νΈμν¬λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ‘ μ λ¬λ μ μλ€.The encoding apparatus generates residual samples for the current block based on the (filtered) prediction sample (S802). The encoding apparatus may encode image information including prediction mode information indicating the intra prediction mode and residual information regarding the residual samples (S803). The encoded image information may be output in the form of a bitstream. The output bitstream may be delivered to the decoding apparatus via a storage medium or a network.
ννΈ, μμ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ λ° μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ 볡μ ν½μ²(볡μ μνλ€ λ° λ³΅μ λΈλ‘ ν¬ν¨)λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μλ€. μ΄λ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμ μνλλ κ²κ³Ό λμΌν μμΈ‘ κ²°κ³Όλ₯Ό μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμ λμΆνκΈ° μν¨μ΄λ©°, μ΄λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μ½λ© ν¨μ¨μ λμΌ μ μκΈ° λλ¬Έμ΄λ€. μκΈ° 볡μ ν½μ²μ μΈλ£¨ν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨ λ±μ΄ λ μ μ©λ μ μμμ μμ ν λ°μ κ°λ€. Meanwhile, as described above, the encoding apparatus may generate a reconstructed picture (including the reconstructed samples and the reconstructed block) based on the reference samples and the residual samples. This is because the encoding apparatus derives the same prediction result as that performed in the decoding apparatus, and thus the coding efficiency can be increased. As described above, an in-loop filtering procedure may be further applied to the reconstructed picture.
λ 10 λ° λ 11μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ κΈ°λ° λΉλμ€/μμ λμ½λ© λ°©λ² λ° λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ λ΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ₯Ό μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.10 and 11 are diagrams illustrating an intra prediction based video / image decoding method and an intra prediction unit in a decoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
λ 10 λ° λ 11μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμμ μνλ λμκ³Ό λμλλ λμμ μνν μ μλ€. λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μμ λ μμΈ‘ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘μ μννκ³ μμΈ‘ μνλ€μ λμΆν μ μλ€.10 and 11, the decoding apparatus may perform an operation corresponding to the operation performed by the encoding apparatus. The decoding apparatus may perform prediction on the current block and derive prediction samples based on the received prediction information.
ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μμ λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό λμΆν μ μλ€(S1001). λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ λμΆν μ μλ€(S1002). λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° μκΈ° μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄ μμΈ‘ μνλ€μ μμ±νλ€(S1003). μ΄ κ²½μ° λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨λ₯Ό μνν μ μλ€. μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§μ ν¬μ€νΈ νν°λ§μ΄λΌ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨μ μνμ¬ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μνλ€ μ€ μΌλΆ λλ μ λΆκ° νν°λ§λ μ μλ€. κ²½μ°μ λ°λΌ μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨λ μλ΅λ μ μλ€. In detail, the decoding apparatus may derive the intra prediction mode for the current block based on the received prediction mode information (S1001). The decoding apparatus may derive peripheral reference samples of the current block (S1002). The decoding apparatus generates prediction samples in the current block based on the intra prediction mode and the peripheral reference samples (S1003). In this case, the decoding apparatus may perform a prediction sample filtering procedure. Predictive sample filtering may be referred to as post filtering. Some or all of the prediction samples may be filtered by the prediction sample filtering procedure. In some cases, the prediction sample filtering procedure may be omitted.
λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μμ λ λ μ§λμΌ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ μμ±νλ€(S1004). λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° (νν°λ§λ) μμΈ‘ μνλ€ λ° μκΈ° λ μ§λμΌ μνλ€μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν 볡μ μνλ€μ μμ±νκ³ , μ΄λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ 볡μ ν½μ²λ₯Ό μμ±ν μ μλ€(S1005).The decoding apparatus generates residual samples for the current block based on the received residual information (S1004). The decoding apparatus may generate reconstructed samples for the current block based on the (filtered) prediction samples and the residual samples, and generate a reconstructed picture based on the (S1005).
μ¬κΈ°μ, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ λΆ(266), μ°Έμ‘° μν λμΆλΆ(267), μμΈ‘ μν λμΆλΆ(268)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μμΌλ©°, μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ λΆ(266)λ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ λΆ(186)μμ μμ λ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ λν μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ νκ³ , μ°Έμ‘° μν λμΆλΆ(266)λ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ λμΆνκ³ , μμΈ‘ μν λμΆλΆ(267)λ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνλ€μ λμΆν μ μλ€. ννΈ, λΉλ‘ λμλμ§λ μμμ§λ§, μμ ν μμΈ‘ μν νν°λ§ μ μ°¨κ° μνλλ κ²½μ°, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆ(265)λ μμΈ‘ μν νν°λΆ(λ―Έλμ)λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μλ μλ€.Here, the
μκΈ° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ MPM(most probable mode)κ° μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλμ§ μλλ©΄ 리λ©μ΄λ λͺ¨λ(remaining mode)κ° μ μ©λλμ§ μ¬λΆλ₯Ό λνλ΄λ νλκ·Έ μ 보(ex. prev_intra_luma_pred_flag)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° MPMμ΄ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ° μκΈ° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ ν보λ€(MPM ν보λ€) μ€ νλλ₯Ό κ°λ¦¬ν€λ μΈλ±μ€ μ 보(ex. mpm_idx)λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ ν보λ€(MPM ν보λ€)μ MPM ν보 리μ€νΈ λλ MPM 리μ€νΈλ‘ ꡬμ±λ μ μλ€. λν, μκΈ° MPMμ΄ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λμ§ μλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ ν보λ€(MPM ν보λ€)μ μ μΈν λλ¨Έμ§ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€ μ€ νλλ₯Ό κ°λ¦¬ν€λ 리λ©μ΄λ λͺ¨λ μ 보(ex. rem_inra_luma_pred_mode)λ₯Ό λ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ νμ νλ μ½λ© λ°©λ²μ ν΅νμ¬ μΈμ½λ©/λμ½λ©λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μκΈ° μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ truncated (rice) binary codeλ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμ½λ‘νΌ μ½λ©(ex. CABAC, CAVLC) μ½λ©μ ν΅νμ¬ μΈμ½λ©/λμ½λ©λ μ μλ€.The prediction mode information may include flag information (ex. Prev_intra_luma_pred_flag) indicating whether a most probable mode (MPM) is applied to the current block or a remaining mode is applied, and the MPM is the current When applied to a block, the prediction mode information may further include index information (ex. Mpm_idx) indicating one of the intra prediction mode candidates (MPM candidates). The intra prediction mode candidates (MPM candidates) may consist of an MPM candidate list or an MPM list. In addition, when the MPM is not applied to the current block, the prediction mode information further includes remaining mode information (ex. Rem_inra_luma_pred_mode) indicating one of the intra prediction modes except for the intra prediction mode candidates (MPM candidates). It may include. The decoding apparatus may determine the intra prediction mode of the current block based on the prediction mode information. The prediction mode information may be encoded / decoded through a coding method described below. For example, the prediction mode information may be encoded / decoded through encoding coding (ex. CABAC, CAVLC) based on truncated (rice) binary code.
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ²°μ Determine intra prediction mode
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, μ£Όλ³ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ’μΈ‘ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ λμΆλ mpm(most probable mode) νλ³΄λ€ μ€ νλλ₯Ό μμ λ mpm μΈλ±μ€λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μ νν μ μμΌλ©°, λλ μκΈ° mpm ν보λ€μ ν¬ν¨λμ§ μμ λλ¨Έμ§ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€ μ€ νλλ₯Ό 리λ©μ΄λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ₯Ό κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μ νν μ μλ€. μκΈ° mpm μΈλ±μ€λ mpm_idx μ ν μ€ μμμ ννλ‘ μκ·Έλλ§λ μ μκ³ , μκΈ° 리λ©μ΄λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ rem_intra_luma_pred_mode μ ν μ€ μμμ ννλ‘ μκ·Έλλ§λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μκΈ° 리λ©μ΄λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ 보λ μ 체 μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€ μ€ μκΈ° mpm ν보λ€μ ν¬ν¨λμ§ μλ λλ¨Έμ§ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ²νΈ μμΌλ‘ μΈλ±μ±νμ¬ κ·Έ μ€ νλλ₯Ό κ°λ¦¬ν¬ μ μλ€.When intra prediction is applied, the intra prediction mode applied to the current block may be determined using the intra prediction mode of the neighboring block. For example, the decoding apparatus may select one of the most probable mode (mpm) candidates derived based on the intra prediction mode of the left block of the current block and the intra prediction mode of the upper block based on the received mpm index, or One of the remaining intra prediction modes not included in the mpm candidates may be selected based on the remaining intra prediction mode information. The mpm index may be signaled in the form of an mpm_idx syntax element, and the remaining intra prediction mode information may be signaled in the form of a rem_intra_luma_pred_mode syntax element. For example, the remaining intra prediction mode information may index remaining intra prediction modes not included in the mpm candidates among all intra prediction modes in order of prediction mode number to indicate one of them.
λ 12 λ° λ 13μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ μΌ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λνλ΄λ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.12 and 13 illustrate a prediction direction of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention may be applied.
λ 12λ₯Ό μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ 2κ°μ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€κ³Ό 33κ°μ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° λΉλ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ νλλ(planar) μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° DC μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ 2λ² λ΄μ§ 34λ² μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° νλλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ νλλ λͺ¨λλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μκ³ , μκΈ° DC μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ DC λͺ¨λλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€.Referring to FIG. 12, the intra prediction mode may include two non-directional intra prediction modes and 33 directional intra prediction modes. The non-directional intra prediction modes may include a planar intra prediction mode and a DC intra prediction mode, and the directional intra prediction modes may include 2 to 34 intra prediction modes. The planner intra prediction mode may be called a planner mode, and the DC intra prediction mode may be called a DC mode.
ννΈ, μμ° μμ(natural video)μμ μ μλ μμμ μμ§ λ°©ν₯(edge direction)μ μΊ‘μ³νκΈ° μνμ¬, μκΈ° λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ νμ νλ λ 13μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ κΈ°μ‘΄μ 33κ°μμ 65κ°λ‘ νμ₯λ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ°, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ 2κ°μ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€κ³Ό 65κ°μ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° λΉλ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ νλλ(planar) μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° DC μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ 2λ² λ΄μ§ 66λ² μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. νμ₯λ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ¬μ΄μ¦μ λΈλ‘λ€μ μ μ©λ μ μκ³ , λ£¨λ§ μ±λΆ λ° ν¬λ‘λ§ μ±λΆ λͺ¨λμ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.Meanwhile, in order to capture an arbitrary edge direction presented in a natural video, the directional intra prediction mode may be extended from 33 to 65 as shown in FIG. 13. In this case, the intra prediction mode may include two non-directional intra prediction modes and 65 directional intra prediction modes. The non-directional intra prediction modes may include a planar intra prediction mode and a DC intra prediction mode, and the directional intra prediction modes may include 2 to 66 intra prediction modes. Extended Directional Intra Prediction It can be applied to blocks of all sizes and to both luma and chroma components.
λλ, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ 2κ°μ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€κ³Ό 129κ°μ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° λΉλ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ νλλ(planar) μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° DC μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ 2λ² λ΄μ§ 130λ² μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€.Alternatively, the intra prediction mode may include two non-directional intra prediction modes and 129 directional intra prediction modes. The non-directional intra prediction modes may include a planar intra prediction mode and a DC intra prediction mode, and the directional intra prediction modes may include 2 to 130 intra prediction modes.
μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ/λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ μμΈ‘λΆλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°λ₯Έ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λμΆν μ μκ³ , μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±ν μ μλ€.The prediction unit of the encoding apparatus / decoding apparatus may derive a reference sample according to the intra prediction mode of the current block among neighbor reference samples of the current block, and generate a prediction sample of the current block based on the reference sample. .
μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³(neighboring) μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ νκ· (average) νΉμ μΈν°ν΄λ μ΄μ (interpolation)μ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μμΈ‘ μνμ μ λν μ μκ³ , (ii) νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ£Όλ³ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€ μμΈ‘ μνμ λνμ¬ νΉμ (μμΈ‘) λ°©ν₯μ μ‘΄μ¬νλ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ μκΈ° μμΈ‘ μνμ μ λν μλ μλ€. (i)μ κ²½μ°λ λΉλ°©ν₯μ± λͺ¨λ λλ λΉκ°λ λͺ¨λ, (ii)μ κ²½μ°λ λ°©ν₯μ±(directional) λͺ¨λ λλ κ°λ(angular) λͺ¨λλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, λ³΄λ€ μ νν μμΈ‘μ μνμ¬ νλ μ΄μμ μ°Έμ‘° μν λΌμΈμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©νλ λ©ν° μ°Έμ‘° μν λΌμΈμ΄ μ΄μ©λ μλ μλ€.For example, the prediction sample may be derived based on the average or interpolation of neighboring reference samples of the current block, and (ii) specific to the prediction sample among the neighboring reference samples of the current block. The prediction sample may be derived based on a reference sample present in the (prediction) direction. In case of (i), it may be called non-directional mode or non-angle mode, and in case of (ii), it may be called directional mode or angular mode. Further, in one embodiment, multi-reference sample lines may be used that utilize one or more reference sample lines for intra prediction for more accurate prediction.
μ΄μμμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ λΈλ‘ λ΄λΆμ μνκ°μ μκ΄ κ΄κ³λ₯Ό μ΄μ©νλ€. κ·Έλ¬λ, μμΈ‘ μνκ³Ό μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬κ° μ¦κ°ν¨μ λ°λΌ μκ΄ κ΄κ³κ° κ°μνμ¬ μμΈ‘ μ€μ°¨κ° λ°μν μ μλ€.As described above, intra prediction uses correlation between samples within a block. However, as the distance between the predicted sample and the reference sample increases, the correlation may decrease, and a prediction error may occur.
λ°λΌμ, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμλ, μ΄μ κ°μ μμΈ‘ μ€μ°¨λ₯Ό μ€μ΄κ³ μμΆ μ±λ₯μ ν₯μμν€κΈ° μνμ¬, μλ°©ν₯(bi-directional)μ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μννλ λ°©λ²μ μ μνλ€. νΉν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμλ, μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μμ‘΄μ μΈ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λ°©λ²μ μ μνλ€.Accordingly, the present invention proposes a method of performing intra prediction using bi-directional reference samples in order to reduce such prediction error and improve compression performance. In particular, the present invention proposes a bidirectional intra prediction method that depends on the available reference samples.
μ μ§ μμ λ° λΉλμ€μ μΈμ½λ©/λμ½λ©μ λΉνΈ μ€νΈλ¦Ό λλ λ€λ₯Έ μ νμ νμΌ νμμ λνμ¬ μ μ©λ μ μλ€. λΉνΈ μ€νΈλ¦Ό λ° νμΌμ λλ°μ΄μ€ λ΄μμ λ€μν μ’ λ₯μ μ μ₯ μ₯μΉμ μ μ₯λκ±°λ, μ λ£°λ¬ λ€νΈμν¬, μΈν°λ· νλ‘ν μ½ λ±κ³Ό κ°μ λ€μν λ€νΈμν¬ νκ²½μμ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ°λ μ μλ€. λμ€νλ μ΄κ° μλ μ΅μ’ μ¬μ©μ λλ°μ΄μ€λ‘ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ°λλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° λΉνΈ μ€νΈλ¦Ό λλ νμΌμ λμ½λ© λ° μ¬μλ μ μλ€. λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λΉνΈ μ€νΈλ¦Όμ λμ€νλ μ΄μ κ΄κ³μμ΄ μΈμ½λ λ°/λλ λμ½λλ₯Ό κ°λ λͺ¨λ μ₯μΉμ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.The encoding / decoding of still pictures and videos can be applied for bit streams or other types of file formats. Bit streams and files may be stored in various types of storage devices within the device, or streamed in various network environments such as cellular networks, Internet protocols, and the like. When streamed to an end user device with a display, the bit stream or file can be decoded and played. The invention can be applied to any device having an encoder and / or a decoder regardless of the display of the bit stream.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯΄λ©΄, μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ ν¨μ¨μ μΌλ‘ μ¬μ©ν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ μμΈ‘ μ€μ°¨λ₯Ό μ€μ΄κ³ , λΆνΈν ν¨μ¨μ ν₯μμν¬ μ μλ€.According to the embodiment of the present invention, by effectively using the intra prediction direction according to the reference sample, the prediction error can be reduced and the coding efficiency can be improved.
μν μμΈ‘ λ¨κ³μμ, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μμ λ΄ μ£μ§(edge)λ₯Ό ν¨κ³Όμ μΌλ‘ μΊ‘μ³νκΈ° μνμ¬ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μνν μ μλ€. In the sample prediction step, the encoder / decoder may perform intra prediction along the prediction direction to effectively capture edges in the image.
λ 14λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΌ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ κ°λλ₯Ό μ€λͺ νκΈ° μν λλ©΄μ΄λ€. 14 is a diagram for describing a prediction angle of an intra prediction mode according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ λ 14μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°μ§λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ λ°©ν₯μ± μμΈ‘μ μνν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ κ°λκ° 180 λ(Β°)μΈ κ²½μ°, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μν λ°©ν₯ μ’μΈ‘ μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ μμ±λ μ μλ€. λλ, μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ κ°λκ° 270 λμΈ κ²½μ°, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ§ λ°©ν₯ μμΈ‘ μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ μμ±λ μ μλ€.The encoder / decoder may perform directional prediction using an intra prediction mode having an angle as shown in FIG. 14. For example, when the angle of the prediction mode is 180 degrees, the prediction sample of the current block may be generated using the horizontal left sample. Or, for example, when the angle of the prediction mode is 270 degrees, the prediction sample of the current block may be generated using the vertical upper sample.
μ΄ν λ³Έ λͺ μΈμμμλ, λ 14μ λμλ κ°λλ₯Ό κΈ°μ€μΌλ‘ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ μ€λͺ νλλ‘ νλ€.Hereinafter, the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode will be described based on the angle shown in FIG. 14.
λ 15λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΌ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μννλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.15 is a diagram illustrating a method of performing intra prediction using an available reference sample according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 15μμ, μμ μ€λͺ ν λ 14μ λμλ κ°λλ₯Ό κΈ°μ€μΌλ‘ 315 λμ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°μ§λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°λ₯Ό κ°μ νλ€. μμ μ²λ¦¬λ λΈλ‘λ€μ νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ λνλΈλ€. μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ μ΄μ©νμ¬ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘(λλ μμΈ‘ μν)μ μμ±ν μ μλ€.In FIG. 15, it is assumed that an intra prediction mode having an angle of 315 degrees based on the angle illustrated in FIG. 14 described above is applied to a current block. The shaded blocks represent reference samples around the current block. The encoder / decoder may generate a prediction block (or prediction sample) of the current block by using reference samples around the current block according to the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode of the current block.
λ 15μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° μ μ©λ¨μ μλ¨ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄μμ μ£μ§(edge)κ° μ‘΄μ¬ν¨μ μλ―Ένλ€. ννΈ, 135 λμ κ°λ, μ¦, 315 λμ λ°λ λ°©ν₯μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° μ μ©λλ©΄, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ μ’λ¨ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μλ¨ μ°Έμ‘° μνκΉμ§ μ£μ§κ° μ‘΄μ¬ν¨μ μλ―Ένλ€.Application of the intra prediction mode as shown in FIG. 15 means that an edge exists in the current block along the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode from the upper reference sample. Meanwhile, when an intra prediction mode of 135 degrees, that is, an opposite direction of 315 degrees is applied, it means that an edge exists from the left reference sample to the upper reference sample along the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode.
μ΄ν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμμλ μ°Έμ‘° μν κ°μ©μ±μ μμ‘΄νλ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ μνλ€. Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention propose a directional intra mode depending on the reference sample availability.
λ 16 λ΄μ§ λ 18μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°©ν₯μ±μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.16 to 18 are diagrams illustrating the directionality of an intra prediction mode determined according to an available reference sample as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 16 λ΄μ§ λ 18μμ, μλ°©ν₯ νμ΄νλ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ¬μ©ν μ μμμ λνλ΄κ³ , μμ μ²λ¦¬λ μμμ μ¬μ© κ°λ₯ν μμΈ‘ κ°λ(λλ μμΈ‘ κ°λμ λ²μ)λ₯Ό λνλΈλ€. μ€μμλ‘μ, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μμ μ²λ¦¬λ μμ λ΄μμ 미리 μ ν΄μ§ κ°μμ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ ꡬμ±(λλ μμ±)ν μ μλ€.In Figures 16-18, the double arrow indicates that bi-directional intra prediction is available, and the shaded area indicates the available prediction angle (or range of prediction angles). As an embodiment, the encoder / decoder may construct (or generate) an intra prediction mode set that includes a predetermined number of prediction modes in the shaded region.
λ€μ λ§ν΄, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μ¬μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ μ μλλ μμΈ‘ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ (intra prediction mode set)μ ꡬμ±(λλ μμ±)ν μ μλ€. λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμ, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ κ·Έ λͺ μΉμ μ νλμ§ μμΌλ©°, μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λ μ , μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ , μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ·Έλ£Ή, μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ κ·Έλ£Ή, μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λ κ·Έλ£Ή, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ 리μ€νΈ, μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ 리μ€νΈ, μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λ 리μ€νΈ λ±μΌλ‘ μ§μΉλ μλ μλ€.In other words, the encoder / decoder may construct (or generate) an intra prediction mode set within a prediction angle range defined according to the available reference samples. In the present invention, the intra prediction mode set is not limited to its name, and the intra mode set, the prediction mode set, the intra prediction mode group, the prediction mode group, the intra mode group, the intra prediction mode list, the prediction mode list, the intra mode list Or the like.
ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘, λ 16(a)μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, λ 16(b)μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄ 90 λ λ΄μ§ 180 λ λ°/λλ 270 λ λ΄μ§ 360 λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°λ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μΌ μ€μμμμ, μμΈ‘ λ° μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 180 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ(μ¦, 90<angle<=180) λ°/λλ 270 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 360 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ(μ¦, 270<=angle<360) λ΄μ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°λ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λκ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€.Specifically, if an upper reference sample and a left reference sample are available as shown in FIG. 16 (a), between 90 degrees and 180 degrees and / or 270 degrees and 360 degrees as shown in FIG. 16 (b). An directional intra prediction mode with angle may be used for bidirectional intra prediction. In one embodiment, when upper and left reference samples are available, an angle range greater than 90 degrees and less than or equal to 180 degrees (ie, 90 <angle <= 180) and / or greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees Directional intra mode with angles within an angular range (ie, 270 <= angle <360) may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
λ€μ λ§ν΄, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μμΈ‘ λ° μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ λ³΅μ μνλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ 90 λ λ΄μ§ 180 λ λ°/λλ 270 λ λ΄μ§ 360 λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λ λ²μ(λλ 90 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 180 λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ λ°/λλ 270 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 360 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ) λ΄μμ νΉμ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ ꡬμ±ν μ μλ€.In other words, the encoder / decoder has an angular range between 90 degrees and 180 degrees and / or 270 degrees and 360 degrees (or more than 90 degrees) for bidirectional intra prediction if the upper and left reference samples are available for intra prediction as reconstructed samples. Larger than less than or equal to 180 degrees and / or greater than or equal to 270 degrees and less than 360 degrees) to configure a set of intra prediction modes including a certain number of intra prediction modes.
μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ νκ³ , κ²°μ λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μνν μ μλ€. μ΄λ, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ κ²°μ λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬, μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνκ³ , μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνκ³ , μ λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μ΅μ’ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±ν μ μλ€. μ΅μ’ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ λ°©λ²μ μ΄ν μμΈν νμ νλ€.The encoder / decoder may determine the intra prediction mode based on the set of intra prediction modes determined according to the available reference samples, and perform bidirectional intra prediction using the determined intra prediction mode. At this time, the encoder / decoder derives the first reference sample from the left reference sample, derives the second reference sample from the upper reference sample, and derives the derived first reference sample and the second reference sample based on the determined intra prediction mode. Can be weighted to produce the final predicted sample. The method of generating the final prediction sample is described in detail below.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, 미리 μ μλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ ν μ΄λΈμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ΄ λ§΅νλ μ μλ€.In addition, in one embodiment, intra prediction modes within an angular range determined according to reference samples available to the predefined prediction mode table may be mapped.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μλ κ°λμ λΆν μ λ°λΌ λ€λ₯΄κ² κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 0λμμ 90λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λλ κ°κ° 3 λ λ§λ€ λΆν λ μ μκ³ , μ΄λ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μλ 0λ λ° 90λ κ°λλ₯Ό μ μΈνκ³ 29κ°λ‘ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. λ€λ₯Έ μΌ μ€μμλ‘μ, νΉμ κ°λ λ²μμ λν λΉμ ν λΆν μ΄ μ μ©λ μλ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 첫 λ²μ§Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° λ λ²μ§Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ κ°κ° 2λ λ° 5λμ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€.In addition, in one embodiment, the number of intra prediction modes within a specific angle range may be determined differently according to the division of the angle. For example, angles between 0 degrees and 90 degrees may be divided every 3 degrees, and in this case, the number of intra prediction modes may be determined as 29 except for 0 degrees and 90 degrees angles. As another example, nonlinear splitting for a particular angular range may be applied. For example, the first intra prediction mode and the second intra prediction mode may have angles of 2 degrees and 5 degrees, respectively.
λ 17μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, λ 17(a)μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄, μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°λ₯Ό κ°μ νλ€. μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, λ 17(b)μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄, 0 λ λ΄μ§ 90 λ λ°/λλ 180 λ λ΄μ§ 270 λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°λ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μΌ μ€μμμμ, μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 0 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 90 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ(μ¦, 0=<angle<90) λ°/λλ 180 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 270 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ(μ¦, 180<angle<=270) λ΄μ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°λ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λκ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. Referring to FIG. 17, it is assumed that right and upper reference samples are available, as shown in FIG. 17A. If right and top reference samples are available, as shown in Fig. 17 (b), a directional intra prediction mode with an angle between 0 degrees and 90 degrees and / or 180 degrees and 270 degrees may be used for bidirectional intra prediction. Can be. In one embodiment, when right and top reference samples are available, an angle range greater than or equal to 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees (ie, 0 = <angle <90) and / or greater than 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees Directional intra mode with angles within an angular range (ie, 180 <angle <= 270) may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
λ€μ λ§ν΄, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ λ³΅μ μνλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ 0 λ λ΄μ§ 90λ λ°/λλ 180 λ λ΄μ§ 270 λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λ λ²μ(λλ 0λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ±°λ κ°κ³ 90 λ λ³΄λ€ μμ κ°λ λ²μ λ°/λλ 180 λ λ³΄λ€ ν¬κ³ 270 λ λ³΄λ€ μκ±°λ κ°μ κ°λ λ²μ) λ΄μμ νΉμ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ ꡬμ±ν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μμμ μ½λ© μμ(arbitrary coding order) λλ μ°μΈ‘μμ μ’μΈ‘μΌλ‘ μ½λ© μμ(λλ μ€μΊ μμ)κ° μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μνμ΄ λ³΅μ μνλ‘μ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ μλ€.In other words, the encoder / decoder has an angular range between 0 degrees and 90 degrees and / or 180 degrees and 270 degrees (or more than 0 degrees) for bidirectional intra prediction if right and upper reference samples are available for intra prediction as reconstructed samples. Greater than or equal to less than 90 degrees and / or greater than 180 degrees and less than or equal to 270 degrees) to configure a set of intra prediction modes comprising a certain number of intra prediction modes. For example, if an arbitrary coding order or coding order (or scan order) is applied from right to left, the right and top samples of the current block may be available for prediction as reconstructed samples.
μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ νκ³ , κ²°μ λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μνν μ μλ€. μ΄λ, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ κ²°μ λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬, μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνκ³ , μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνκ³ , μ λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μ΅μ’ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±ν μ μλ€.The encoder / decoder may determine the intra prediction mode based on the set of intra prediction modes determined according to the available reference samples, and perform bidirectional intra prediction using the determined intra prediction mode. At this time, the encoder / decoder derives the first reference sample from the left reference sample, derives the second reference sample from the upper reference sample, and derives the derived first reference sample and the second reference sample based on the determined intra prediction mode. Can be weighted to produce the final predicted sample.
λ 17(a)μμ, μ’μμΈ‘μ μ μ μ²λ¦¬λ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ κ°λλ‘ μΈν΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ λ λ§μ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ νμν κ²½μ°λ₯Ό λνλΈλ€. μΌ μ€μμμμ, ν΄λΉ μμΉμ μ°Έμ‘° μν(μ¦, μ μ μ²λ¦¬λ μ°Έμ‘° μν)μ κ°μ₯ κ·Όμ ν μμΉμ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ ν¨λ©λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μ°νν₯ λκ°μ λ°©ν₯μ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μν΄ μ’μμΈ‘ λ κ°μ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μΈμ ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ©νμ¬ ν¨λ©λ μ μλ€.In FIG. 17A, the dotted upper left reference sample represents a case where more reference samples are required for intra prediction due to the angle of the prediction direction. In one embodiment, the reference sample at that location (ie, the dotted reference sample) may be padded using the reference sample at the nearest location. For example, two upper left reference samples may be padded using adjacent reference samples for the prediction mode in the right downward direction.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, 미리 μ μλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ ν μ΄λΈμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ΄ λ§΅νλ μ μλ€.In addition, in one embodiment, intra prediction modes within an angular range determined according to reference samples available to the predefined prediction mode table may be mapped.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μλ κ°λμ λΆν μ λ°λΌ λ€λ₯΄κ² κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 0λμμ 90λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λλ κ°κ° 3 λ λ§λ€ λΆν λ μ μκ³ , μ΄λ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μλ 0λ λ° 90λ κ°λλ₯Ό μ μΈνκ³ 29κ°λ‘ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. λ€λ₯Έ μΌ μ€μμλ‘μ, νΉμ κ°λ λ²μμ λν λΉμ ν λΆν μ΄ μ μ©λ μλ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 첫 λ²μ§Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° λ λ²μ§Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ κ°κ° 2λ λ° 5λμ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€.In addition, in one embodiment, the number of intra prediction modes within a specific angle range may be determined differently according to the division of the angle. For example, angles between 0 degrees and 90 degrees may be divided every 3 degrees, and in this case, the number of intra prediction modes may be determined as 29 except for 0 degrees and 90 degrees angles. As another example, nonlinear splitting for a particular angular range may be applied. For example, the first intra prediction mode and the second intra prediction mode may have angles of 2 degrees and 5 degrees, respectively.
λ 18μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, λ 18(a)μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄, μ’μΈ‘, μμΈ‘ λ° μ°μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°λ₯Ό κ°μ νλ€. μ’μΈ‘, μμΈ‘ λ° μ°μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, λ 18(b)μ λμλ λ°μ κ°μ΄, 90 λλ₯Ό μ μΈν λͺ¨λ λ°©ν₯μ λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€.Referring to FIG. 18, it is assumed that left, top and right reference samples are available, as shown in FIG. 18A. If left, top and right reference samples are available, as shown in FIG. 18B, the directional intra prediction mode in all directions except 90 degrees may be used for bidirectional intra prediction.
λ€μ λ§ν΄, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μ’μΈ‘, μμΈ‘ λ° μ°μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ λ³΅μ μνλ‘μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μν΄ 90 λ μ μΈν λͺ¨λ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μμ νΉμ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ ꡬμ±ν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μμμ μ½λ© μμ(arbitrary coding order) λλ μ°μΈ‘μμ μ’μΈ‘μΌλ‘ μ½λ© μμ(λλ μ€μΊ μμ)κ° μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ’μΈ‘, μμΈ‘ λ° μ°μΈ‘ μνμ΄ λ³΅μ μνλ‘μ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ μλ€.In other words, the encoder / decoder includes an intra prediction mode that includes a certain number of intra prediction modes within all angular ranges except 90 degrees for bidirectional intra prediction, if left, top and right reference samples are available for intra prediction as reconstructed samples. You can configure a set. For example, if an arbitrary coding order or coding order (or scan order) is applied from right to left, the left, top and right samples of the current block may be available for prediction as reconstructed samples.
μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό κ²°μ νκ³ , κ²°μ λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μνν μ μλ€. μ΄λ, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ κ²°μ λ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬, μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνκ³ , μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘λΆν° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνκ³ , μ λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μ΅μ’ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±ν μ μλ€.The encoder / decoder may determine the intra prediction mode based on the set of intra prediction modes determined according to the available reference samples, and perform bidirectional intra prediction using the determined intra prediction mode. At this time, the encoder / decoder derives the first reference sample from the left reference sample, derives the second reference sample from the upper reference sample, and derives the derived first reference sample and the second reference sample based on the determined intra prediction mode. Can be weighted to produce the final predicted sample.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, 미리 μ μλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ ν μ΄λΈμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνμ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ΄ λ§΅νλ μ μλ€.In addition, in one embodiment, intra prediction modes within an angular range determined according to reference samples available to the predefined prediction mode table may be mapped.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μλ κ°λμ λΆν μ λ°λΌ λ€λ₯΄κ² κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 0λμμ 90λ μ¬μ΄μ κ°λλ κ°κ° 3 λ λ§λ€ λΆν λ μ μκ³ , μ΄λ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μλ 0λ λ° 90λ κ°λλ₯Ό μ μΈνκ³ 29κ°λ‘ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. λ€λ₯Έ μΌ μ€μμλ‘μ, νΉμ κ°λ λ²μμ λν λΉμ ν λΆν μ΄ μ μ©λ μλ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, 첫 λ²μ§Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ λ° λ λ²μ§Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ κ°κ° 2λ λ° 5λμ κ°λλ₯Ό κ°μ§ μ μλ€.In addition, in one embodiment, the number of intra prediction modes within a specific angle range may be determined differently according to the division of the angle. For example, angles between 0 degrees and 90 degrees may be divided every 3 degrees, and in this case, the number of intra prediction modes may be determined as 29 except for 0 degrees and 90 degrees angles. As another example, nonlinear splitting for a particular angular range may be applied. For example, the first intra prediction mode and the second intra prediction mode may have angles of 2 degrees and 5 degrees, respectively.
μ΄νμμ, λ³Έ λ°λͺ
μ μΌ μ€μμμμλ, μμ μ€μμ 2μμ μ€λͺ
ν μ°Έμ‘° μν μμ‘΄μ μΈ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ΄μ©νμ¬ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μννλ λ°©λ²μ μ μνλ€. Hereinafter, in an embodiment of the present invention, a method of performing bidirectional intra prediction using the reference sample dependent intra prediction mode described in
λ 19λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΌ μ€μμλ‘μ, μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ ν΅ν΄ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.19 is a diagram illustrating a method of generating a predictive sample through bidirectional intra prediction as an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 19λ₯Ό μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, μμ μ€λͺ ν λ 16κ³Ό κ°μ΄ μ°Έμ‘° μν μμ‘΄μ μΈ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λκ° μ μ©λκ³ , μμΈ‘ λ° μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°λ₯Ό κ°μ νλ€. κ·Έλ¦¬κ³ , μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ κ°λλ 300 λμΈ κ²½μ°λ₯Ό κ°μ νλ€. Referring to FIG. 19, it is assumed that a reference sample dependent intra prediction mode is applied as in FIG. 16 and the upper and left reference samples are available. In addition, it is assumed that the angle of the intra prediction mode is 300 degrees.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμμ, μΈμ½λ/λμ½λλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ μλ°©ν₯ μ°Έμ‘° μν(μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μν)κ³Ό νμ¬ μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬ λΉμ¨μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±(λλ μ λ)ν μ μλ€.In an embodiment of the present invention, the encoder / decoder predicts a prediction sample by weighting reference samples based on a distance ratio between a bidirectional reference sample (first reference sample and a second reference sample) and a current sample determined according to the prediction direction of the prediction mode. Can be generated (or derived).
μ΄λ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ λ°©ν₯μ±μ λ°λΌ [2,2] μμΉμ μμΈ‘ μν P1λ₯Ό μν μ°Έμ‘° μνλ‘μ A μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° C μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ©(λλ μ ν, κ²°μ )λ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ°, μμΈ‘ μν P1μ A μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° C μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ νκ· μ μν΄ μμ±(λλ μ λ, κ³μ°)λ μ μλ€.In this case, the A reference sample and the C reference sample may be used (or selected or determined) as reference samples for the prediction sample P1 at the position [2, 2] according to the direction of the intra prediction mode. In this case, the prediction sample P1 may be generated (or derived, calculated) by the weighted average of the A reference sample and the C reference sample.
μνμ 1μμ, d_topμ μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μν λ°°μ΄μ μμΉν A μ°Έμ‘° μνκ³Ό P1κ° κ±°λ¦¬λ₯Ό λνλ΄λ©°, d_leftλ μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μν λ°°μ΄μ μμΉν C μ°Έμ‘° μνκ³Ό P1κ° κ±°λ¦¬λ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.In
μΌ μ€μμμμ, λ°λ κ°λκ° 300 λμΈ 160λμ κ²½μ°, λ°©ν₯μ± μΈνΈλΌ λͺ¨λκ° μ’μΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνλΆν° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνκΉμ§ μμλκΈ° λλ¬Έμ d_top λ° d_leftκ° μλ‘ μ νλ μ μλ€. In one embodiment, for 160 degrees with an opposite angle of 300 degrees, d_top and d_left may be switched with each other because the directional intra mode starts from the left reference sample to the upper reference sample.
λ§μ°¬κ°μ§λ‘, λ 17 λ° λ 18μ κ²½μ°μλ λμΌνκ² μμ ν μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λ°©λ²μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.Likewise, in the case of FIGS. 17 and 18, the above-described bidirectional intra prediction method may be applied.
λν, μΌ μ€μμμμ, Aμ Cμ μμΉλ μ μ μμΉκ° μλ λΆμ μμΉμΌ μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ°, μ μ μμΉμ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κΈ°λ°μΌλ‘ 보κ°(interpolation)μ μνν¨μΌλ‘μ¨ ν΄λΉ λΆμ μμΉμ μν κ°μ΄ μ λλ μ μλ€. λν, ꡬνμ νΈμλ₯Ό μν΄ λΆλ μμμ μμΉ 1/(d_left + d_top)μ λΉμ¨μ μ μ μμΉμ λΉμ¨λ‘ λ°μ¬λ¦Όλ μ μλ€.Also, in one embodiment, the positions of A and C may be fractional positions rather than integer positions. In this case, the sample value of the corresponding fractional position may be derived by performing interpolation based on the reference sample of the integer position. Also, for convenience of implementation, the ratio of floating
μ΄μμμ μ€λͺ ν λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμλ€μ κ°κ° λ 립μ μΌλ‘ ꡬνλ μλ μκ³ , νλ μ΄μμ μ€μμκ° μ‘°ν©λμ΄ κ΅¬νλ μλ μλ€.Embodiments of the present invention described above may be implemented independently, or one or more embodiments may be implemented in combination.
λ 20μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘μ μμ±νλ λ°©λ²μ μμνλ νλ¦λμ΄λ€.20 is a flowchart illustrating a method of generating an intra prediction block according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 20μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, μ€λͺ μ νΈμλ₯Ό μν΄ λμ½λλ₯Ό μμ£Όλ‘ μ€λͺ νλ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ΄μ νμ λλ κ²μ΄ μλλ©°, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λΈλ‘ μμ± λ°©λ²μ μΈμ½λμ λμ½λμμ λμΌνκ² μνλ μ μλ€. Referring to FIG. 20, a decoder is mainly described for convenience of description, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and the method of generating an intra prediction block according to the embodiment of the present invention may be performed in the same manner in the encoder and the decoder.
λμ½λλ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(bi-directional intra prediction)μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ (intra prediction mode set)μ ꡬμ±νλ€(S2001).The decoder is configured to use an intra prediction mode set used for the bidirectional intra prediction based on available reference samples around the current block when bi-directional intra prediction is applied to the current block. (S2001).
λμ½λλ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ λ΄μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ§μνλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€(prediction mode index)λ₯Ό νμ±νλ€(S2002).The decoder parses a prediction mode index indicating an intra prediction mode applied to the current block in the intra prediction mode set (S2002).
λμ½λλ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€μμ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνλ€(S2003).The decoder derives a first reference sample and a second reference sample used for the bidirectional intra prediction among the reference samples based on the prediction direction of the intra prediction mode (S2003).
λμ½λλ μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ€(S2004).The decoder weights the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block (S2004).
μ€μμλ‘μ, μ μ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μμ 미리 μ μλ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.In an embodiment, as described above, the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes within a specific angular range determined according to the available direction of the reference sample.
μμ λ 16μμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λλΆν° 180 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 270 λλΆν° 360 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.As described above with reference to FIG. 16, the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 90 degrees to 180 degrees and an angle range of 270 degrees to 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
μμ λ 17μμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 0 λλΆν° 90 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 180 λλΆν° 270 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.As described above with reference to FIG. 17, the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 0 degrees to 90 degrees and an angle range of 180 degrees to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
μμ λ 18μμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘, μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λ λ° 270 λλ₯Ό μ μΈν λλ¨Έμ§ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.As described above with reference to FIG. 18, the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees and 270 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available. Can be.
λν, μ μ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°κ° μ μ©λλ κ°μ€μΉλ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄ νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬ λ° μκΈ° νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬μ λΉμ¨μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. μΌ μλ‘μ, μμ λ 19 λ° μνμ 1μμ μ€λͺ
ν λ°©λ²μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.In addition, as described above, the weights applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample, respectively, are the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample in the current block and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample. It can be determined based on the ratio of. As an example, the method described above with reference to FIG. 19 and
λ 21μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμμ λ°λ₯Έ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ μ₯μΉλ₯Ό μμνλ λλ©΄μ΄λ€.21 is a diagram illustrating an intra prediction apparatus according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 21μμλ μ€λͺ μ νΈμλ₯Ό μν΄ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ₯Ό νλμ λΈλ‘μΌλ‘ λμνμμΌλ, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ μΈμ½λ λ°/λλ λμ½λμ ν¬ν¨λλ ꡬμ±μΌλ‘ ꡬνλ μ μλ€.In FIG. 21, for convenience of description, the intra predictor is illustrated as one block, but the intra predictor may be implemented in a configuration included in the encoder and / or the decoder.
λ 21μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ μμ λ 8λ΄μ§ λ 20μμ μ μλ κΈ°λ₯, κ³Όμ λ°/λλ λ°©λ²μ ꡬννλ€. ꡬ체μ μΌλ‘, μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘λΆλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ
ꡬμ±λΆ(2101), μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€ νμ±λΆ(2102), μ°Έμ‘° μν μ λλΆ(2103) λ° μμΈ‘ μν μμ±λΆ(2104)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νμ¬ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.Referring to FIG. 21, the intra predictor implements the functions, processes, and / or methods proposed in FIGS. 8 to 20. In detail, the intra prediction unit may include an intra prediction mode set
μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ
ꡬμ±λΆ(2101)λ νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘(bi-directional intra prediction)μ΄ μ μ©λλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ
(intra prediction mode set)μ ꡬμ±νλ€.The intra prediction mode set
μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€ νμ±λΆ(2102)λ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ
λ΄μμ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μ μ©λλ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ₯Ό μ§μνλ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μΈλ±μ€(prediction mode index)λ₯Ό νμ±νλ€.A prediction
μ°Έμ‘° μν μ λλΆ(2103)λ μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λμ μμΈ‘ λ°©ν₯μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνλ€ μ€μμ μκΈ° μλ°©ν₯ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘μ μ΄μ©λλ μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ λνλ€.The
μμΈ‘ μν μμ±λΆ(2104)λ μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°μ€ν©νμ¬ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘μ μμΈ‘ μνμ μμ±νλ€.The prediction sample generator 2104 weights the first reference sample and the second reference sample to generate a prediction sample of the current block.
μ€μμλ‘μ, μ μ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° μ°Έμ‘° μνμ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν λ°©ν₯μ λ°λΌ κ²°μ λλ νΉμ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μμ 미리 μ μλ κ°μμ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.In an embodiment, as described above, the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include a predefined number of intra prediction modes within a specific angular range determined according to the available direction of the reference sample.
μμ λ 16μμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λλΆν° 180 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 270 λλΆν° 360 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.As described above with reference to FIG. 16, the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 90 degrees to 180 degrees and an angle range of 270 degrees to 360 degrees when left and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
μμ λ 17μμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 0 λλΆν° 90 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ° 180 λλΆν° 270 λκΉμ§μ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.As described above with reference to FIG. 17, the intra prediction mode set is intra within an angle range of 0 degrees to 90 degrees and an angle range of 180 degrees to 270 degrees when right and upper reference samples around the current block are available. It may be configured to include prediction modes.
μμ λ 18μμ μ€λͺ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λ μ μ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ μ£Όλ³μ μ’μΈ‘, μ°μΈ‘ λ° μμΈ‘ μ°Έμ‘° μνμ΄ μ΄μ© κ°λ₯ν κ²½μ°, 90 λ λ° 270 λλ₯Ό μ μΈν λλ¨Έμ§ κ°λ λ²μ λ΄μ μΈνΈλΌ μμΈ‘ λͺ¨λλ€μ ν¬ν¨νλλ‘ κ΅¬μ±λ μ μλ€.As described above with reference to FIG. 18, the intra prediction mode set may be configured to include intra prediction modes within the remaining angular range except for 90 degrees and 270 degrees when left, right and top reference samples around the current block are available. Can be.
λν, μ μ ν λ°μ κ°μ΄, μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μν λ° μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνμ κ°κ° μ μ©λλ κ°μ€μΉλ μκΈ° νμ¬ λΈλ‘ λ΄ νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 1 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬ λ° μκΈ° νμ¬ μνκ³Ό μκΈ° μ 2 μ°Έμ‘° μνκ° κ±°λ¦¬μ λΉμ¨μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ κ²°μ λ μ μλ€. μΌ μλ‘μ, μμ λ 19 λ° μνμ 1μμ μ€λͺ
ν λ°©λ²μ΄ μ μ©λ μ μλ€.In addition, as described above, the weights applied to the first reference sample and the second reference sample, respectively, are the distance between the current sample and the first reference sample in the current block and the distance between the current sample and the second reference sample. It can be determined based on the ratio of. As an example, the method described above with reference to FIG. 19 and
λ 22λ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ λΉλμ€ μ½λ© μμ€ν μ λνλΈλ€.22 shows a video coding system to which the present invention is applied.
λΉλμ€ μ½λ© μμ€ν μ μμ€ λλ°μ΄μ€(source device) λ° μμ λλ°μ΄μ€(receiving device)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μμ€ λλ°μ΄μ€λ μΈμ½λ©λ λΉλμ€/μμ μ 보 λλ λ°μ΄ν°λ₯Ό νμΌ λλ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° ννλ‘ λμ§νΈ μ μ₯맀체 λλ λ€νΈμν¬λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μμ λλ°μ΄μ€λ‘ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. The video coding system can include a source device and a receiving device. The source device may deliver the encoded video / image information or data to a receiving device through a digital storage medium or network in a file or streaming form.
μκΈ° μμ€ λλ°μ΄μ€λ λΉλμ€ μμ€(video source), μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(encoding apparatus), μ μ‘λΆ(transmitter)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μμ λλ°μ΄μ€λ μμ λΆ(receiver), λμ½λ© μ₯μΉ(decoding apparatus) λ° λ λλ¬(renderer)λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μκΈ° μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ λΉλμ€/μμ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μκ³ , μκΈ° λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ λΉλμ€/μμ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλΌκ³ λΆλ¦΄ μ μλ€. μ‘μ κΈ°λ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ ν¬ν¨λ μ μλ€. μμ κΈ°λ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ ν¬ν¨λ μ μλ€. λ λλ¬λ λμ€νλ μ΄λΆλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μλ μκ³ , λμ€νλ μ΄λΆλ λ³κ°μ λλ°μ΄μ€ λλ μΈλΆ μ»΄ν¬λνΈλ‘ ꡬμ±λ μλ μλ€. The source device may include a video source, an encoding apparatus, and a transmitter. The receiving device may include a receiver, a decoding apparatus, and a renderer. The encoding device may be called a video / image encoding device, and the decoding device may be called a video / image decoding device. The transmitter may be included in the encoding device. The receiver may be included in the decoding device. The renderer may include a display unit, and the display unit may be configured as a separate device or an external component.
λΉλμ€ μμ€λ λΉλμ€/μμμ μΊ‘μ³, ν©μ± λλ μμ± κ³Όμ λ±μ ν΅νμ¬ λΉλμ€/μμμ νλν μ μλ€. λΉλμ€ μμ€λ λΉλμ€/μμ μΊ‘μ³ λλ°μ΄μ€ λ°/λλ λΉλμ€/μμ μμ± λλ°μ΄μ€λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λΉλμ€/μμ μΊ‘μ³ λλ°μ΄μ€λ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, νλ μ΄μμ μΉ΄λ©λΌ, μ΄μ μ μΊ‘μ³λ λΉλμ€/μμμ ν¬ν¨νλ λΉλμ€/μμ μμΉ΄μ΄λΈ λ±μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λΉλμ€/μμ μμ± λλ°μ΄μ€λ μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄ μ»΄ν¨ν°, νλΈλ λ° μ€λ§νΈν° λ±μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μμΌλ©° (μ μμ μΌλ‘) λΉλμ€/μμμ μμ±ν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μ»΄ν¨ν° λ±μ ν΅νμ¬ κ°μμ λΉλμ€/μμμ΄ μμ±λ μ μμΌλ©°, μ΄ κ²½μ° κ΄λ ¨ λ°μ΄ν°κ° μμ±λλ κ³Όμ μΌλ‘ λΉλμ€/μμ μΊ‘μ³ κ³Όμ μ΄ κ°μλ μ μλ€.The video source may acquire the video / image through a process of capturing, synthesizing, or generating the video / image. The video source may comprise a video / image capture device and / or a video / image generation device. The video / image capture device may include, for example, one or more cameras, video / image archives including previously captured video / images, and the like. Video / image generation devices may include, for example, computers, tablets and smartphones, and may (electronically) generate video / images. For example, a virtual video / image may be generated through a computer or the like. In this case, the video / image capturing process may be replaced by a process of generating related data.
μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μ λ ₯ λΉλμ€/μμμ μΈμ½λ©ν μ μλ€. μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μμΆ λ° μ½λ© ν¨μ¨μ μνμ¬ μμΈ‘, λ³ν, μμν λ± μΌλ ¨μ μ μ°¨λ₯Ό μνν μ μλ€. μΈμ½λ©λ λ°μ΄ν°(μΈμ½λ©λ λΉλμ€/μμ μ 보)λ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό(bitstream) ννλ‘ μΆλ ₯λ μ μλ€.The encoding device may encode the input video / image. The encoding apparatus may perform a series of procedures such as prediction, transform, and quantization for compression and coding efficiency. The encoded data (encoded video / image information) may be output in the form of a bitstream.
μ μ‘λΆλ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό ννλ‘ μΆλ ₯λ μΈμ½λ©λ λΉλμ€/μμ μ 보 λλ λ°μ΄ν°λ₯Ό νμΌ λλ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° ννλ‘ λμ§νΈ μ μ₯맀체 λλ λ€νΈμν¬λ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ μμ λλ°μ΄μ€μ μμ λΆλ‘ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€. λμ§νΈ μ μ₯ 맀체λ USB, SD, CD, DVD, λΈλ£¨λ μ΄, HDD, SSD λ± λ€μν μ μ₯ 맀체λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μ μ‘λΆλ 미리 μ ν΄μ§ νμΌ ν¬λ©§μ ν΅νμ¬ λ―Έλμ΄ νμΌμ μμ±νκΈ° μν μ리먼νΈλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , λ°©μ‘/ν΅μ λ€νΈμν¬λ₯Ό ν΅ν μ μ‘μ μν μλ λ©νΈλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. μμ λΆλ μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μΆμΆνμ¬ λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ‘ μ λ¬ν μ μλ€.The transmitter may transmit the encoded video / video information or data output in the form of a bitstream to the receiver of the receiving device through a digital storage medium or a network in the form of a file or streaming. The digital storage medium may include various storage media such as USB, SD, CD, DVD, Blu-ray, HDD, SSD, and the like. The transmission unit may include an element for generating a media file through a predetermined file format, and may include an element for transmission through a broadcast / communication network. The receiver may extract the bitstream and transmit the extracted bitstream to the decoding apparatus.
λμ½λ© μ₯μΉλ μΈμ½λ© μ₯μΉμ λμμ λμνλ μμμν, μλ³ν, μμΈ‘ λ± μΌλ ¨μ μ μ°¨λ₯Ό μννμ¬ λΉλμ€/μμμ λμ½λ©ν μ μλ€. The decoding apparatus may decode the video / image by performing a series of procedures such as inverse quantization, inverse transformation, and prediction corresponding to the operation of the encoding apparatus.
λ λλ¬λ λμ½λ©λ λΉλμ€/μμμ λ λλ§ν μ μλ€. λ λλ§λ λΉλμ€/μμμ λμ€νλ μ΄λΆλ₯Ό ν΅νμ¬ λμ€νλ μ΄λ μ μλ€.The renderer may render the decoded video / image. The rendered video / image may be displayed through the display unit.
λ 23μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ€μμλ‘μ, 컨ν μΈ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μμ€ν ꡬ쑰λλ₯Ό λνλΈλ€.23 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a content streaming system according to an embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
λ 23μ μ°Έμ‘°νλ©΄, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ 컨ν μΈ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μμ€ν μ ν¬κ² μΈμ½λ© μλ², μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ², μΉ μλ², λ―Έλμ΄ μ μ₯μ, μ¬μ©μ μ₯μΉ λ° λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ μ λ ₯ μ₯μΉλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€.Referring to FIG. 23, a content streaming system to which the present invention is applied may largely include an encoding server, a streaming server, a web server, a media storage, a user device, and a multimedia input device.
μκΈ° μΈμ½λ© μλ²λ μ€λ§νΈν°, μΉ΄λ©λΌ, μΊ μ½λ λ±κ³Ό κ°μ λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ μ λ ₯ μ₯μΉλ€λ‘λΆν° μ λ ₯λ 컨ν μΈ λ₯Ό λμ§νΈ λ°μ΄ν°λ‘ μμΆνμ¬ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μμ±νκ³ μ΄λ₯Ό μκΈ° μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²λ‘ μ μ‘νλ μν μ νλ€. λ€λ₯Έ μλ‘, μ€λ§νΈν°, μΉ΄λ©λΌ, μΊ μ½λ λ±κ³Ό κ°μ λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ μ λ ₯ μ₯μΉλ€μ΄ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μ§μ μμ±νλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° μΈμ½λ© μλ²λ μλ΅λ μ μλ€.The encoding server compresses content input from multimedia input devices such as a smart phone, a camera, a camcorder, etc. into digital data to generate a bitstream and transmit the bitstream to the streaming server. As another example, when multimedia input devices such as smart phones, cameras, camcorders, etc. directly generate a bitstream, the encoding server may be omitted.
μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μΈμ½λ© λ°©λ² λλ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Ό μμ± λ°©λ²μ μν΄ μμ±λ μ μκ³ , μκΈ° μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²λ μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μ μ‘ λλ μμ νλ κ³Όμ μμ μΌμμ μΌλ‘ μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μ μ₯ν μ μλ€.The bitstream may be generated by an encoding method or a bitstream generation method to which the present invention is applied, and the streaming server may temporarily store the bitstream in the process of transmitting or receiving the bitstream.
μκΈ° μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²λ μΉ μλ²λ₯Ό ν΅ν μ¬μ©μ μμ²μ κΈ°μ΄νμ¬ λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ λ°μ΄ν°λ₯Ό μ¬μ©μ μ₯μΉμ μ μ‘νκ³ , μκΈ° μΉ μλ²λ μ¬μ©μμκ² μ΄λ ν μλΉμ€κ° μλμ§λ₯Ό μλ €μ£Όλ λ§€κ°μ²΄ μν μ νλ€. μ¬μ©μκ° μκΈ° μΉ μλ²μ μνλ μλΉμ€λ₯Ό μμ²νλ©΄, μκΈ° μΉ μλ²λ μ΄λ₯Ό μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²μ μ λ¬νκ³ , μκΈ° μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²λ μ¬μ©μμκ² λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ λ°μ΄ν°λ₯Ό μ μ‘νλ€. μ΄λ, μκΈ° 컨ν μΈ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μμ€ν μ λ³λμ μ μ΄ μλ²λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μκ³ , μ΄ κ²½μ° μκΈ° μ μ΄ μλ²λ μκΈ° 컨ν μΈ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μμ€ν λ΄ κ° μ₯μΉ κ° λͺ λ Ή/μλ΅μ μ μ΄νλ μν μ νλ€.The streaming server transmits the multimedia data to the user device based on the user's request through the web server, and the web server serves as a medium for informing the user of what service. When a user requests a desired service from the web server, the web server delivers it to a streaming server, and the streaming server transmits multimedia data to the user. In this case, the content streaming system may include a separate control server. In this case, the control server plays a role of controlling a command / response between devices in the content streaming system.
μκΈ° μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²λ λ―Έλμ΄ μ μ₯μ λ°/λλ μΈμ½λ© μλ²λ‘λΆν° 컨ν μΈ λ₯Ό μμ ν μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μκΈ° μΈμ½λ© μλ²λ‘λΆν° 컨ν μΈ λ₯Ό μμ νκ² λλ κ²½μ°, μκΈ° 컨ν μΈ λ₯Ό μ€μκ°μΌλ‘ μμ ν μ μλ€. μ΄ κ²½μ°, μνν μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλΉμ€λ₯Ό μ 곡νκΈ° μνμ¬ μκΈ° μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλ²λ μκΈ° λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ μΌμ μκ°λμ μ μ₯ν μ μλ€.The streaming server may receive content from a media store and / or an encoding server. For example, when the content is received from the encoding server, the content may be received in real time. In this case, in order to provide a smooth streaming service, the streaming server may store the bitstream for a predetermined time.
μκΈ° μ¬μ©μ μ₯μΉμ μλ‘λ, ν΄λν°, μ€λ§νΈ ν°(smart phone), λ ΈνΈλΆ μ»΄ν¨ν°(laptop computer), λμ§νΈλ°©μ‘μ© λ¨λ§κΈ°, PDA(personal digital assistants), PMP(portable multimedia player), λ€λΉκ²μ΄μ , μ¬λ μ΄νΈ PC(slate PC), νλΈλ¦Ώ PC(tablet PC), μΈνΈλΌλΆ(ultrabook), μ¨μ΄λ¬λΈ λλ°μ΄μ€(wearable device, μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μμΉν λ¨λ§κΈ° (smartwatch), κΈλμ€ν λ¨λ§κΈ° (smart glass), HMD(head mounted display)), λμ§νΈ TV, λ°μ€ν¬ν μ»΄ν¨ν°, λμ§νΈ μ¬μ΄λμ§ λ±μ΄ μμ μ μλ€.Examples of the user device include a mobile phone, a smart phone, a laptop computer, a digital broadcasting terminal, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a portable multimedia player (PMP), navigation, a slate PC, Tablet PCs, ultrabooks, wearable devices (e.g., smartwatches, glass glasses, head mounted displays), digital TVs, desktops Computer, digital signage, and the like.
μκΈ° 컨ν μΈ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μμ€ν λ΄ κ° μλ²λ€μ λΆμ° μλ²λ‘ μ΄μλ μ μμΌλ©°, μ΄ κ²½μ° κ° μλ²μμ μμ νλ λ°μ΄ν°λ λΆμ° μ²λ¦¬λ μ μλ€.Each server in the content streaming system may be operated as a distributed server, in which case data received from each server may be distributed.
μκΈ° κΈ°μ λ κ²κ³Ό κ°μ΄, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μμ μ€λͺ ν μ€μμλ€μ νλ‘μΈμ, λ§μ΄ν¬λ‘ νλ‘μΈμ, 컨νΈλ‘€λ¬ λλ μΉ© μμμ ꡬνλμ΄ μνλ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, κ° λλ©΄μμ λμν κΈ°λ₯ μ λλ€μ μ»΄ν¨ν°, νλ‘μΈμ, λ§μ΄ν¬λ‘ νλ‘μΈμ, 컨νΈλ‘€λ¬ λλ μΉ© μμμ ꡬνλμ΄ μνλ μ μλ€.As described above, the embodiments described herein may be implemented and performed on a processor, microprocessor, controller, or chip. For example, the functional units shown in each drawing may be implemented and performed on a computer, processor, microprocessor, controller, or chip.
λν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ λμ½λ λ° μΈμ½λλ λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ λ°©μ‘ μ‘μμ μ₯μΉ, λͺ¨λ°μΌ ν΅μ λ¨λ§, ν μλ€λ§ λΉλμ€ μ₯μΉ, λμ§νΈ μλ€λ§ λΉλμ€ μ₯μΉ, κ°μμ© μΉ΄λ©λΌ, λΉλμ€ λν μ₯μΉ, λΉλμ€ ν΅μ κ³Ό κ°μ μ€μκ° ν΅μ μ₯μΉ, λͺ¨λ°μΌ μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μ₯μΉ, μ μ₯ 맀체, μΊ μ½λ, μ£Όλ¬Έν λΉλμ€(VoD) μλΉμ€ μ 곡 μ₯μΉ, OTT λΉλμ€(Over the top video) μ₯μΉ, μΈν°λ· μ€νΈλ¦¬λ° μλΉμ€ μ 곡 μ₯μΉ, 3μ°¨μ(3D) λΉλμ€ μ₯μΉ, νμ μ ν λΉλμ€ μ₯μΉ, λ° μλ£μ© λΉλμ€ μ₯μΉ λ±μ ν¬ν¨λ μ μμΌλ©°, λΉλμ€ μ νΈ λλ λ°μ΄ν° μ νΈλ₯Ό μ²λ¦¬νκΈ° μν΄ μ¬μ©λ μ μλ€. μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, OTT λΉλμ€(Over the top video) μ₯μΉλ‘λ κ²μ μ½μ, λΈλ£¨λ μ΄ νλ μ΄μ΄, μΈν°λ· μ μ TV, νμμ΄ν° μμ€ν , μ€λ§νΈν°, νλΈλ¦Ώ PC, DVR(Digital Video Recoder) λ±μ ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€.In addition, the decoder and encoder to which the present invention is applied include a multimedia broadcasting transmitting and receiving device, a mobile communication terminal, a home cinema video device, a digital cinema video device, a surveillance camera, a video chat device, a real time communication device such as video communication, a mobile streaming device, Storage media, camcorders, video on demand (VoD) service providing devices, OTT video (Over the top video) devices, Internet streaming service providing devices, three-dimensional (3D) video devices, video telephony video devices, and medical video devices. It can be used to process video signals or data signals. For example, the OTT video device may include a game console, a Blu-ray player, an internet access TV, a home theater system, a smartphone, a tablet PC, a digital video recorder (DVR), and the like.
λν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ΄ μ μ©λλ μ²λ¦¬ λ°©λ²μ μ»΄ν¨ν°λ‘ μ€νλλ νλ‘κ·Έλ¨μ ννλ‘ μμ°λ μ μμΌλ©°, μ»΄ν¨ν°κ° νλ ν μ μλ κΈ°λ‘ λ§€μ²΄μ μ μ₯λ μ μλ€. λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ°λ₯Έ λ°μ΄ν° ꡬ쑰λ₯Ό κ°μ§λ λ©ν°λ―Έλμ΄ λ°μ΄ν°λ λν μ»΄ν¨ν°κ° νλ ν μ μλ κΈ°λ‘ λ§€μ²΄μ μ μ₯λ μ μλ€. μκΈ° μ»΄ν¨ν°κ° νλ ν μ μλ κΈ°λ‘ λ§€μ²΄λ μ»΄ν¨ν°λ‘ μ½μ μ μλ λ°μ΄ν°κ° μ μ₯λλ λͺ¨λ μ’ λ₯μ μ μ₯ μ₯μΉ λ° λΆμ° μ μ₯ μ₯μΉλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ€. μκΈ° μ»΄ν¨ν°κ° νλ ν μ μλ κΈ°λ‘ λ§€μ²΄λ, μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, λΈλ£¨λ μ΄ λμ€ν¬(BD), λ²μ© μ§λ ¬ λ²μ€(USB), ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, RAM, CD-ROM, μκΈ° ν μ΄ν, νλ‘νΌ λμ€ν¬ λ° κ΄νμ λ°μ΄ν° μ μ₯ μ₯μΉλ₯Ό ν¬ν¨ν μ μλ€. λν, μκΈ° μ»΄ν¨ν°κ° νλ ν μ μλ κΈ°λ‘ λ§€μ²΄λ λ°μ‘ν(μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, μΈν°λ·μ ν΅ν μ μ‘)μ ννλ‘ κ΅¬νλ λ―Έλμ΄λ₯Ό ν¬ν¨νλ€. λν, μΈμ½λ© λ°©λ²μΌλ‘ μμ±λ λΉνΈμ€νΈλ¦Όμ΄ μ»΄ν¨ν°κ° νλ ν μ μλ κΈ°λ‘ λ§€μ²΄μ μ μ₯λκ±°λ μ 무μ ν΅μ λ€νΈμν¬λ₯Ό ν΅ν΄ μ μ‘λ μ μλ€.In addition, the processing method to which the present invention is applied can be produced in the form of a program executed by a computer, and stored in a computer-readable recording medium. Multimedia data having a data structure according to the present invention can also be stored in a computer-readable recording medium. The computer readable recording medium includes all kinds of storage devices and distributed storage devices in which computer readable data is stored. The computer-readable recording medium may be, for example, a Blu-ray disc (BD), a universal serial bus (USB), a ROM, a PROM, an EPROM, an EEPROM, a RAM, a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, and an optical disc. It may include a data storage device. The computer-readable recording medium also includes media embodied in the form of a carrier wave (eg, transmission over the Internet). In addition, the bitstream generated by the encoding method may be stored in a computer-readable recording medium or transmitted through a wired or wireless communication network.
λν, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμλ νλ‘κ·Έλ¨ μ½λμ μν μ»΄ν¨ν° νλ‘κ·Έλ¨ μ νμΌλ‘ ꡬνλ μ μκ³ , μκΈ° νλ‘κ·Έλ¨ μ½λλ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμμ μν΄ μ»΄ν¨ν°μμ μνλ μ μλ€. μκΈ° νλ‘κ·Έλ¨ μ½λλ μ»΄ν¨ν°μ μν΄ νλ κ°λ₯ν μΊλ¦¬μ΄ μμ μ μ₯λ μ μλ€.In addition, an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented as a computer program product by program code, which may be performed on a computer by an embodiment of the present invention. The program code may be stored on a carrier readable by a computer.
μ΄μμμ μ€λͺ λ μ€μμλ€μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ ꡬμ±μμλ€κ³Ό νΉμ§λ€μ΄ μμ ννλ‘ κ²°ν©λ κ²λ€μ΄λ€. κ° κ΅¬μ±μμ λλ νΉμ§μ λ³λμ λͺ μμ μΈκΈμ΄ μλ ν μ νμ μΈ κ²μΌλ‘ κ³ λ €λμ΄μΌ νλ€. κ° κ΅¬μ±μμ λλ νΉμ§μ λ€λ₯Έ ꡬμ±μμλ νΉμ§κ³Ό κ²°ν©λμ§ μμ ννλ‘ μ€μλ μ μλ€. λν, μΌλΆ ꡬμ±μμλ€ λ°/λλ νΉμ§λ€μ κ²°ν©νμ¬ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμλ₯Ό ꡬμ±νλ κ²λ κ°λ₯νλ€. λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μ€μμλ€μμ μ€λͺ λλ λμλ€μ μμλ λ³κ²½λ μ μλ€. μ΄λ μ€μμμ μΌλΆ ꡬμ±μ΄λ νΉμ§μ λ€λ₯Έ μ€μμμ ν¬ν¨λ μ μκ³ , λλ λ€λ₯Έ μ€μμμ λμνλ κ΅¬μ± λλ νΉμ§κ³Ό κ΅μ²΄λ μ μλ€. νΉνμ²κ΅¬λ²μμμ λͺ μμ μΈ μΈμ© κ΄κ³κ° μμ§ μμ μ²κ΅¬νλ€μ κ²°ν©νμ¬ μ€μμλ₯Ό ꡬμ±νκ±°λ μΆμ νμ 보μ μ μν΄ μλ‘μ΄ μ²κ΅¬νμΌλ‘ ν¬ν¨μν¬ μ μμμ μλͺ νλ€.The embodiments described above are the components and features of the present invention are combined in a predetermined form. Each component or feature should be considered optional unless stated otherwise. Each component or feature may be embodied in a form that is not combined with other components or features. It is also possible to combine some of the components and / or features to form an embodiment of the invention. The order of the operations described in the embodiments of the present invention may be changed. Some components or features of one embodiment may be included in another embodiment or may be replaced with corresponding components or features of another embodiment. It is obvious that the claims may be combined to form an embodiment by combining claims that do not have an explicit citation relationship in the claims or as new claims by post-application correction.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ°λ₯Έ μ€μμλ λ€μν μλ¨, μλ₯Ό λ€μ΄, νλμ¨μ΄, νμ¨μ΄(firmware), μννΈμ¨μ΄ λλ κ·Έκ²λ€μ κ²°ν© λ±μ μν΄ κ΅¬νλ μ μλ€. νλμ¨μ΄μ μν ꡬνμ κ²½μ°, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μΌ μ€μμλ νλ λλ κ·Έ μ΄μμ ASICs(application specific integrated circuits), DSPs(digital signal processors), DSPDs(digital signal processing devices), PLDs(programmable logic devices), FPGAs(field programmable gate arrays), νλ‘μΈμ, μ½νΈλ‘€λ¬, λ§μ΄ν¬λ‘ μ½νΈλ‘€λ¬, λ§μ΄ν¬λ‘ νλ‘μΈμ λ±μ μν΄ κ΅¬νλ μ μλ€.Embodiments according to the present invention may be implemented by various means, for example, hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. In the case of a hardware implementation, an embodiment of the present invention may include one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), FPGAs ( field programmable gate arrays), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and the like.
νμ¨μ΄λ μννΈμ¨μ΄μ μν ꡬνμ κ²½μ°, λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ μΌ μ€μμλ μ΄μμμ μ€λͺ λ κΈ°λ₯ λλ λμλ€μ μννλ λͺ¨λ, μ μ°¨, ν¨μ λ±μ ννλ‘ κ΅¬νλ μ μλ€. μννΈμ¨μ΄ μ½λλ λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬μ μ μ₯λμ΄ νλ‘μΈμμ μν΄ κ΅¬λλ μ μλ€. μκΈ° λ©λͺ¨λ¦¬λ μκΈ° νλ‘μΈμ λ΄λΆ λλ μΈλΆμ μμΉνμ¬, μ΄λ―Έ 곡μ§λ λ€μν μλ¨μ μν΄ μκΈ° νλ‘μΈμμ λ°μ΄ν°λ₯Ό μ£Όκ³ λ°μ μ μλ€.In the case of implementation by firmware or software, an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented in the form of a module, procedure, function, etc. that performs the functions or operations described above. The software code may be stored in memory and driven by the processor. The memory may be located inside or outside the processor, and may exchange data with the processor by various known means.
λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ νμμ νΉμ§μ λ²μ΄λμ§ μλ λ²μμμ λ€λ₯Έ νΉμ ν ννλ‘ κ΅¬μ²΄νλ μ μμμ λΉμ μμκ² μλͺ νλ€. λ°λΌμ, μμ ν μμΈν μ€λͺ μ λͺ¨λ λ©΄μμ μ νμ μΌλ‘ ν΄μλμ΄μλ μλ λκ³ μμμ μΈ κ²μΌλ‘ κ³ λ €λμ΄μΌ νλ€. λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ²μλ 첨λΆλ μ²κ΅¬νμ ν©λ¦¬μ ν΄μμ μν΄ κ²°μ λμ΄μΌ νκ³ , λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ±κ°μ λ²μ λ΄μμμ λͺ¨λ λ³κ²½μ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ²μμ ν¬ν¨λλ€.It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the essential features of the present invention. Accordingly, the above detailed description should not be construed as limiting in all aspects and should be considered as illustrative. The scope of the invention should be determined by reasonable interpretation of the appended claims, and all changes within the equivalent scope of the invention are included in the scope of the invention.
μ΄μ, μ μ ν λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ λ°λμ§ν μ€μμλ, μμμ λͺ©μ μ μν΄ κ°μλ κ²μΌλ‘, λΉμ μλΌλ©΄ μ΄ν 첨λΆλ νΉνμ²κ΅¬λ²μμ κ°μλ λ³Έ λ°λͺ μ κΈ°μ μ μ¬μκ³Ό κ·Έ κΈ°μ μ λ²μ λ΄μμ, λ€μν λ€λ₯Έ μ€μμλ€μ κ°λ, λ³κ²½, λ체 λλ λΆκ° λ±μ΄ κ°λ₯ν κ²μ΄λ€.As mentioned above, preferred embodiments of the present invention are disclosed for the purpose of illustration, and those skilled in the art can improve and change various other embodiments within the spirit and technical scope of the present invention disclosed in the appended claims below. , Replacement or addition would be possible.
Claims (10)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201862656338P | 2018-04-11 | 2018-04-11 | |
| US62/656,338 | 2018-04-11 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2019199093A1 true WO2019199093A1 (en) | 2019-10-17 |
Family
ID=68164140
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/KR2019/004390 Ceased WO2019199093A1 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2019-04-11 | Intra prediction mode-based image processing method and device therefor |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2019199093A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB2595015A (en) * | 2018-06-27 | 2021-11-17 | Kt Corp | Method and apparatus for processing video signal |
| US11509889B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2022-11-22 | Kt Corporation | Method and apparatus for processing video signal |
| WO2024078401A1 (en) * | 2022-10-12 | 2024-04-18 | η»΄ζ²η§»ε¨ιδΏ‘ζιε ¬εΈ | Intra-frame prediction method and apparatus, and device |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR20120080548A (en) * | 2011-01-07 | 2012-07-17 | μΌμ±μ μμ£Όμνμ¬ | Method and apparatus for prediction using bi- and uni-directional prediction, method and apparatus for video encoding/decoding with prediction and compensation using bi- and uni-directional prediction |
| KR20140057674A (en) * | 2010-08-17 | 2014-05-13 | μ μ€μΌμ΄νλ©μ€ μ£Όμνμ¬ | Intra prediction decoding method |
| KR20170121303A (en) * | 2010-05-30 | 2017-11-01 | μμ§μ μ μ£Όμνμ¬ | Enhanced intra prediction mode signaling |
| KR20180026718A (en) * | 2015-07-28 | 2018-03-13 | μμ§μ μ μ£Όμνμ¬ | Intra prediction mode based image processing method and apparatus therefor |
| KR101843155B1 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2018-03-28 | μΌμ±μ μμ£Όμνμ¬ | Method and apparatus for video encoding with intra prediction, method and apparatus for video decoding with intra prediction |
-
2019
- 2019-04-11 WO PCT/KR2019/004390 patent/WO2019199093A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR20170121303A (en) * | 2010-05-30 | 2017-11-01 | μμ§μ μ μ£Όμνμ¬ | Enhanced intra prediction mode signaling |
| KR20140057674A (en) * | 2010-08-17 | 2014-05-13 | μ μ€μΌμ΄νλ©μ€ μ£Όμνμ¬ | Intra prediction decoding method |
| KR20120080548A (en) * | 2011-01-07 | 2012-07-17 | μΌμ±μ μμ£Όμνμ¬ | Method and apparatus for prediction using bi- and uni-directional prediction, method and apparatus for video encoding/decoding with prediction and compensation using bi- and uni-directional prediction |
| KR101843155B1 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2018-03-28 | μΌμ±μ μμ£Όμνμ¬ | Method and apparatus for video encoding with intra prediction, method and apparatus for video decoding with intra prediction |
| KR20180026718A (en) * | 2015-07-28 | 2018-03-13 | μμ§μ μ μ£Όμνμ¬ | Intra prediction mode based image processing method and apparatus therefor |
Cited By (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB2595015A (en) * | 2018-06-27 | 2021-11-17 | Kt Corp | Method and apparatus for processing video signal |
| US11343536B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2022-05-24 | Kt Corporation | Method and apparatus for processing video signal |
| GB2595015B (en) * | 2018-06-27 | 2022-07-13 | Kt Corp | Bi-directional intra-prediction involving weighted sum of two reference samples |
| US11509889B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2022-11-22 | Kt Corporation | Method and apparatus for processing video signal |
| US11930212B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2024-03-12 | Kt Corporation | Method and apparatus for processing video signal |
| US12200251B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2025-01-14 | Kt Corporation | Method and apparatus for processing video signal by generating prediction samples using reference samples in different groups |
| WO2024078401A1 (en) * | 2022-10-12 | 2024-04-18 | η»΄ζ²η§»ε¨ιδΏ‘ζιε ¬εΈ | Intra-frame prediction method and apparatus, and device |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2020246849A1 (en) | Transform-based image coding method and device for same | |
| WO2020256389A1 (en) | Bdpcm-based image decoding method and device for same | |
| WO2020218793A1 (en) | Bdpcm-based image coding method and device therefor | |
| WO2019203610A1 (en) | Method for processing image and device therefor | |
| WO2020141879A1 (en) | Affine motion prediction-based video decoding method and device using subblock-based temporal merge candidate in video coding system | |
| WO2020184991A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for video encoding/decoding using ibc mode, and method for transmitting bitstream | |
| WO2019235822A1 (en) | Method and device for processing video signal by using affine motion prediction | |
| WO2020171632A1 (en) | Mpm list-based intra prediction method and device | |
| WO2020167097A1 (en) | Derivation of inter-prediction type for inter prediction in image coding system | |
| WO2021040402A1 (en) | Image or video coding based on palette coding | |
| WO2021137597A1 (en) | Image decoding method and device using dpb parameter for ols | |
| WO2020235960A1 (en) | Image decoding method using bdpcm and device therefor | |
| WO2020149630A1 (en) | Method and device for decoding image on basis of cclm prediction in image coding system | |
| WO2021133100A1 (en) | Video encoding/decoding method and apparatus for performing pdpc and method for transmitting bitstream | |
| WO2021091252A1 (en) | Method and device for processing image information for image/video coding | |
| WO2021034116A1 (en) | Image decoding method using chroma quantization parameter, and apparatus therefor | |
| WO2021034161A1 (en) | Intra prediction device and method | |
| WO2019199093A1 (en) | Intra prediction mode-based image processing method and device therefor | |
| WO2021141225A1 (en) | Image decoding method using bdpcm and apparatus thereof | |
| WO2020256506A1 (en) | Video encoding/decoding method and apparatus using multiple reference line intra-prediction, and method for transmitting bitstream | |
| WO2020145620A1 (en) | Intra prediction-based image coding method and device using mpm list | |
| WO2020149616A1 (en) | Method and device for decoding image on basis of cclm prediction in image coding system | |
| WO2020055159A1 (en) | Method for processing image on basis of intra prediction mode, and device therefor | |
| WO2020055208A1 (en) | Image prediction method and apparatus for performing intra prediction | |
| WO2020050697A1 (en) | Intra-prediction mode-based image processing method and device therefor |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19785789 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19785789 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |